Quarterlytics / Utilities / Regulated Electric / ERM Power Ltd

ERM Power Ltd

epw · ASX Utilities
Claim this profile
Ticker epw
Exchange ASX
Sector Utilities
Industry Regulated Electric
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · ERM Power Ltd
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2018 ANNUAL REPORT

Smarter  
business  
energy.

Welcome to 
simply smarter 
business energy.

ERM Power is an Australian energy company operating electricity sales, generation and 
energy solutions businesses. The Company has grown to become the second largest 
electricity provider to commercial businesses and industrials in Australia by load1. 

A growing range of energy solutions products and services are being delivered, including 
lighting and energy efficiency software and data analytics, to the Company’s existing and 
new customer base. ERM Power also sells electricity in several markets in the United 
States. The Company operates 662 megawatts of low emission, gas-fired peaking power 
stations in Western Australia and Queensland.

Contents

04

Performance highlights  
Chairman and Managing  
Director’s report  
Supporting renewable energy  
Board of Directors’ profiles  
Executive team profiles  
Our business model  
Efficient energy fuelling  
18
business and prosperity  
19
Operating and financial review 
20
   Financial year highlights  
   Outlook and future prospects  
21
   Review of operating and financial results   23

06
08
10
14
16

Corporate social responsibility  
   Leadership  
   Customers  
   Workplace  
   Community  
   Environment  
   Risk framework and management  
Directors’ report  
Remuneration report  
Annual financial statements  
Directors’ declaration  
Independent Auditor’s report  
Shareholder information  
Corporate information  

36
36
36
36
37
37
38
40
43
55
117
118
125
127

ERM Power Limited ABN 28 122 259 223 shares are traded on the Australian Securities Exchange under the symbol EPW. This review is 
for ERM Power (Company, Group, we, our) for the year ended 30 June 2018 with comparison against the previous corresponding period 
ended 30 June 2017 (previous period,  previous year or comparative period).

All reference to $ is a reference to Australian dollars unless otherwise stated.  Individual items totals and percentages are rounded to the 
nearest approximate number or decimal.  Some totals may not add down the page due to rounding of individual components. 

  1  Based on ERM Power analysis of latest published information

POWERED WITH

positive 
people

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance highlights

2018 at a glance

ERM Power’s strong financial results for 2018 reflect a good year of growth 
and record sales for the Australian businesses. In a year in which the energy 
industry and policy remained topical and dynamic, the Company capitalised on 
opportunities to support commercial and industrial customers with new and 
innovative supply and demand products and services. 

The US business is held for sale following a comprehensive review to determine 
the best strategy for realising shareholder value.  A sales transaction process is 
well advanced and expected to conclude in the first half of FY2019.

UNDERLYING EBITDAF1 UP 25%

$97.5m

UNDERLYING NPAT1 UP TO $30.2m

FULLY FRANKED FINAL DIVIDEND  
OF 4CPS & TOTAL DIVIDENDS  
DECLARED OF 

$46.3m

7.5

¢ps

 RECORD AUSTRALIA RETAIL  
SALES VOLUME

ENERGY SOLUTIONS REVENUE 
UP TO $18.9m 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4

19.2

TWh

55

%

 
 
 
 
 
 
AN ENGAGED & EMPOWERED TEAM OF EMPLOYEES 

of our people feel 
proud to work for  
ERM Power2

 NO.1 IN CUSTOMER SATISFACTION

89
%
#
1
89
%

 NO.1 IN BROKER SATISFACTION

In customer satisfaction
for the 7th year in a row 3

 Consistently  
high level of  
broker satisfaction 
in Australia4

1  All figures continuing operations unless otherwise stated

2 

 Hay Group Employee Engagement and Enablement Survey, February 2017  
and internal Pulse surveys FY2018

3 

 Utility Market Intelligence survey of large customers of major electricity  
retailers by independent research company NTF Group from 2011 – 2017

4  Market and Communication Research (MCR), February 2018 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman and  
Managing Director’s  
report

We are pleased to present ERM Power’s Annual Report for the 
financial year to 30 June 2018.

FY2018 earnings increased by 25% to $97.5m (EBITDAF1), with 
positive results across the Australian businesses. Underlying Net 
Profit After Tax was $30.2m2, up $46.3m on the prior year.

A strategic review of the US business Source Power & Gas resulted 
in our announcement to divest these operations. The growth 
and potential of our Energy Solutions business and the US review 
determined that ERM shareholder value is best served by divestment 
of the US operations and a focus on value creation in our Australian 
business. The sale transaction process is well advanced and expected 
to conclude in the first half of FY2019.

Energy Solutions also delivered on its revenue growth targets and 
harnessed strong retail customer satisfaction to deliver new solutions 
in this growing part of the business and market. 

The US business delivered strong sales growth at 6.3TWh and 
forward contract load of 15.6TWh while gross margin was lower 
than expected.

ERM Power has a proud history of adapting to market change 
and realising opportunities in a fast-moving energy sector. This is 
evident in the Company’s strong financial performance in FY2018 
which reflects our desire to achieve sustainable returns by doing 
the right thing by customers, and in turn earning their trust and 
growing our business.

Policy uncertainty continues to characterise the energy sector 
but the market keeps operating and ERM Power’s core role and 
responsibility to its customers has never been more important.

We shield customers from the volatility of the wholesale market and 
we provide them with leading energy solutions to better manage 
their energy productivity. Our leadership in this respect will continue. 

ERM Power is now the largest wholesale buyer of electricity in 
the National Electricity Market (NEM) and more than one in five 
businesses, governments and industrials rely on us for their electricity 
supply and demand solutions. 

Our business strategy accounts for an industry in transition, allowing 
us to deploy deep industry expertise and innovative approaches.

Performance
Oakey and Neerabup Power Stations continued to deliver 
outstanding availability and overall performance, while maintaining 
excellent safety records with no lost time injuries. Power station 
earnings increased 5% on the prior year demonstrating the value of 
gas-fired assets in the transition to renewables.

The performance of our Australian electricity retailing business is 
underpinned by our industry-leading customer service, as evidenced 
by our number one ranking in the UMI electricity retailer customer 
satisfaction survey3  for the seventh year running. ERM Power 
achieved 92% customer satisfaction, with a record 56% of customers 
stating they are very satisfied, which is particularly encouraging 
considering the pain our customers are enduring due to increased 
wholesale and network prices. 

We exceeded both our target of 19TWh of electricity load sold and 
our gross margin target for the year with sales up 4% on the prior 
year. Contracted forward electricity sales increased to 28.9TWh 
reflecting the strength of the Australian franchise.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6

Capital management and dividend
As part of our capital management framework, we commenced 
a share buyback in March 2018 to return excess capital to 
shareholders. The allocated capital for the buyback was $20m after 
allowing prudent risk buffers for business performance, payment 
of dividends and about $40m reserved for growth opportunities. 
The share buyback reflects the Company’s strong liquidity position 
and our confidence in the earnings outlook. As at 30 June 2018, 
about 1.74m shares had been bought and about $2.8m returned to 
shareholders. The buyback will re-commence following completion 
of the US sale process.

The Board also declared a final dividend of 4 cents per share bringing 
dividends for FY2018 to 7.5 cents per share fully franked.

Delivering - supply and demand
Customers are increasingly aware that energy, like any volatile 
commodity, needs to be a closely managed business cost. We partner 
with big energy users to both monitor and optimise their energy 
productivity. In this way, we deliver value on both supply and demand 
by helping customers manage wholesale volatility through their retail 
electricity contract on the supply side of the equation and improving 
their energy productivity on the demand side.

ERM Power is supporting the transition to renewables through 
offtake agreements underpinning the Lincoln Gap wind farm 
(126MW) and Hamilton solar farm (58MW), and through market-
making financial products that provide price certainty to “firm 
up” the output of these projects. This strategy further supports 
corporate investment in renewable energy. 

ERM Power is proud to have pioneered these new generation 
products which have been strongly received in the market. 
Additionally, we are a major participant in the national Renewable 
Energy Target scheme and for calendar year 2017, we procured and 
surrendered over 2.6 million large-scale generation certificates and 
1.3 million small-scale technology certificates.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL REPORT 2017

  ERM Power has a proud history of 
adaping to market change and realising 
opportunities in a fast-moving energy 
sector. This is evident in the Company’s 
strong financial performance in FY2018 
which reflects our desire to achieve 
sustainable returns by doing the right 
thing by customers, and in turn earning 
their trust and growing our business.

Tony Bellas 
Chairman


ERM Power has delivered a strong set  
of results in financial year 2017, taking  
  Our goal is to help 
customers solve today’s 
strategic opportunities and investing for  
complex energy problems with 
growth and diversification in a disrupting 
smart ideas, new technology 
and cleaner, cheaper energy.
energy market.

Jon Stretch 
Managing Director and  
Chief Executive Officer

LEADING CUSTOMER SERVICE
In the Australian market, the 2016 Utility Market Intelligence survey1 
Industry disruption
reported 94% of ERM Power’s large business customers are 
satisfied – the highest level of customer satisfaction recorded since 
2018 was characterised by energy industry reviews, reports and 
the survey began in 1997. This marks the sixth consecutive year 
public policy gyrations. These included Dr Alan Finkel’s review of 
that ERM Power has out-ranked all other retailers in this survey.
the NEM, the National Energy Guarantee (NEG) and an Australian 
Competition and Consumer Commission Report into electricity 
In the US market, the 2016 Energy Research Consulting Group’s 
retailing, which necessarily went to the very structure of the NEM. 
survey2 of energy broker satisfaction also demonstrates our strong 
The current uncertain state of the energy industry is reflective of 
focus on customer needs and relationships, with Source Power & 
many factors including enormous technological change, a desire 
Gas placing third out of over 50 retailers. Since acquisition in 2015, 
by both corporates and households to deploy cleaner energy, the 
Source Power & Gas broker recognition rate has tripled, with 62% 
challenge of that transition, the complexity and cost of energy 
of surveyed brokers now saying they do business with Source. 
infrastructure, and the lack of consensus within and among 
governments on an integrated national energy policy framework.

HIGHLY ENGAGED PEOPLE
At its core, Australia needs an enduring national energy policy. This 
It takes great people to deliver great results. ERM Power’s 
is important to providing an acceptable level of investment certainty 
second employee engagement and enablement survey again 
to deliver sustainable, reliable and affordable energy. The exit of 
demonstrated our people are well-positioned to deliver continued 
older baseload power stations and growth in intermittent generation 
business success. 
has posed reliability issues and, along with the concentration of 
ownership of dispatchable generation, have been key factors driving 
up cost for energy consumers. This has been compounded by issues 
with the availability and price of gas. 

The Company’s 2017 engagement score was consistent with the 
highest performing organisations in the world, and its enablement 
score was five percentage points above the global high-performing 
norm3. ERM Power also ranked above the global high-performing 
The lack of a stable, integrated national energy policy and poor 
energy infrastructure planning has stifled investment that supports 
norms in critical areas such as confidence in leadership, clarity of 
the renewable energy transition. Industry and consumers urgently 
business strategic direction and customer focus. 
need a policy framework that supports investment without 
undermining market price transparency or competition. Failure to 
deliver such a policy framework will inevitably result in higher costs 
for energy consumers.  

On behalf of the Board, we would like to thank ERM Power’s 
staff and management team, whose innovative thinking, belief in 
our strategy, and focussed work ethic are the foundation of our 
success. We also thank our shareholders, many of whom are staff, 
for your support as we continue to progress our strategy at this 
exciting time of industry transition.

Culture
In this annual report and across our communications you will see we 
have refreshed our brand. It is important that we have a distinctive 
image and that we better articulate what our brand, business and 
people stand for. Our people have always embodied the values which 
are core to our brand: simplifying energy for customers; amplifying 
To our customers, thank you for supporting us, inspiring us, and 
solutions; and exemplifying the best in whatever we do.  We are 
challenging us to do more for your business. We look forward to 
committed to delivering smarter energy solutions using process 
helping you in new and exciting ways in the coming year.
and technology innovation that has long been a core competitive 
advantage of ERM Power. Our goal is to help customers solve today’s 
complex energy problems with smart ideas, new technology and 
cleaner, cheaper energy. 

We thank our fellow Directors, and in particular acknowledge  
ERM Power founder Trevor St Baker, who announced his 
resignation from the Board in July 2017. Trevor’s ongoing 
commitment and guidance to the Company has been invaluable. 
We would like to thank the staff of ERM Power for their 
We’d also like to take this opportunity to thank Martin Greenberg, 
professionalism and dedication to delivering outstanding customer 
who also stepped down from the Board in October 2016, for his 
service and our fellow directors for their insight and guidance in 
service and contribution and we welcome Georganne Hodges and 
charting ERM Power’s ongoing success.
Phil St Baker to the Board.

Importantly, to our loyal customers and shareholders, thank you for 
ERM Power is at an exciting juncture in its transformation.  
the trust you place in us as we continue on this journey to deliver 
We look forward to continuing to grow and prosper in a 
great energy outcomes and create shared value for all.
transforming market which presents us plenty of opportunity.

Tony Bellas
Tony Bellas  
Chairman

Jon Stretch
Jon Stretch  
Managing Director and  
Chief Executive Officer 

1   Utility Market Intelligence survey of large customers of major electricity retailers 

by independent research company NTF Group from 2011 – 2016.
12 Continuing operations. Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, impairment and net fair value gains / losses on financial 

instruments designated at fair value through profit and loss and other significant items. EBITDAF excludes any profit or loss from associates.
2   Energy Research Consulting Group’s (ERCG) survey of Aggregators, Brokers 
and Consultants (ABC) Study December 2016. Research based on survey of 
22 Continuing operations.
over 120 ABCs, which represents ~72% of brokered US power sales. 
32 Utility Market Intelligence (UMI) Survey, Feb 2018.

3   Korn Ferry Hay Group Employee Engagement and Enablement Survey,  

February 2017.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supporting 
Renewable 
Energy

T

ERM Power is committed to playing 
its part in the transition to a less 
emission-intensive energy sector.

Seizing opportunities in a transforming 
market, the Company is taking a 
number of practical actions to support 
the development of Australia’s 
renewable infrastructure, and helping 
customers harness the benefits of 
energy efficiency solutions such as 
solar PV.

The rapid shift away from 
traditional generation 
sources is driving the 
need for new products 
and services.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

8

Solar risk management product
2018 saw the launch of ERM Power’s innovative solar risk 
management products which provide hedging options for wholesale 
market participants in a dynamic and changing energy industry. The 
solar products are a first of a new generation of financial instruments 
which respond to the rapidly evolving Australian renewables market. 

ERM Power developed the new products in response to strong 
demand from renewable project developers and corporate 
customers. The new products bring much-needed price discovery 
and transparency to renewables and support corporate investment 
in renewables by providing fixed price certainty for organisations 
wanting to hedge solar generation production. 

ERM Power has been a leader in product innovation within the 
Australian energy market for many years, and the rapid shift away 
from traditional generation sources is driving the need for new 
products and services.

Liquid financial markets bring price transparency to Australian energy 
markets and are vital for the effective management of risk.

Energy management
ERM Power provides a broad portfolio of energy management 
solutions that make it simple for customers to take smarter energy 
action. Solar PV is a popular choice for customers wishing to reduce 
electricity costs and improve sustainability as part of an integrated 
energy management plan.

ERM Power partners with pre-qualified suppliers to provide end to 
end, turnkey solar PV solutions that can be implemented individually 
or as part of the overall energy productivity mix. Recommendations 
are underpinned by data analysis and take into consideration the mix 
of integrated energy productivity and efficiency solutions to ensure 
the solar system is right sized to make the most of the customer’s 
capital and provide the maximum return.

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENERGY SOLUTIONS CASE STUDY

J. Notaras & Sons

428

tonnes of CO2 
emissions saved 
every year

44%

reduction in 
electricity bill

In 2018 ERM Power supported hundreds of companies 
looking to make the shift to renewable energy for 
the betterment of not only their carbon footprint, 
but also their energy bills. ERM Power recognises the 
importance of keeping regional manufacturing businesses 
competitive by helping them reduce energy costs. In 
2018, ERM Power engaged in an energy solutions project 
with J. Notaras & Sons – a family-owned business in the 
Clarence Valley Region of NSW that has been operating 
for over 60 years. 

After signing on ERM Power as their energy provider in 
2018, J. Notaras & Sons engaged the Energy Solutions 
team at ERM Power for advice on ways to save money on 
their electricity bills – which were estimated at around 
$219,056 per year. 

ERM Power proposed a solar installation that would 
generate over 1400kWh daily, reduce energy costs 
and consumption significantly, and ensure J. Notaras 
& Sons remained competitive and resilient in the 
manufacturing sector, not to mention add to their 
sustainability credentials. 

This project is estimated to reduce the company’s 
electricity bill by 44% and save 428 tonnes of CO2 
emissions per year. The Power Factor Correction unit 
already onsite was also replaced, which would yield an 
estimated $11,000 of savings per year. 

ERM Power recognises the 
importance of keeping regional 
manufacturing businesses 
competitive by helping them 
reduce energy costs.

The project, which projects 525,611kWh of annual solar 
PV generation, is also estimated to save 10,700 tonnes of 
CO2 emissions over 25 years. This ensures the company 
is not only saving significant amounts on their year-to-
year bills, but is also environmentally friendly now and 
into the future.

ERM Power understands the importance of tracking the 
performance of projects after completion, and as part 
of the contract will continue to monitor the efficacy 
of the J. Notaras & Sons solar installation. The online 
monitoring system available to Energy Solutions team 
members will provide email notifications of any updates 
on the project’s performance, ensuring they can react 
swiftly to any changes.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors' profiles

Anthony (Tony) Bellas
MBA, BEc, DipEd, FCPA, FAICD, FGC (London)
Independent Non-Executive Chair
Age: 64
Director since 1 December 2009; Chair since 21 October 2011
8.5 years’ service

Albert Goller 
Masters Degree in Information & Telecommunications 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Age: 67
Director since 1 January 2015
3.5 years’ service

Albert brings considerable management and marketing expertise, 
garnered through a very successful executive career in Germany, 
Canada, the USA and Australia at the global multinational 
conglomerate Siemens AG. He was Chair and Managing Director of 
Siemens Ltd in Australia between 2002 and 2012.

Commencing his career as an electronics engineer with Siemens in 
Germany in 1973, Albert held a number of senior executive positions 
throughout the world including President and CEO of Siemens 
Canada Ltd and Head of the Corporate Office for E-business in 
Munich, Germany. He has a Masters Degree in Information and 
Telecommunications from Paderborn University in Germany and 
was consistently nominated as one of Australia’s most influential 
engineers by Engineers Australia magazine between 2004 and 2010.

Currently a non-executive director, from July 2013 to February 2015 
Albert served as the Chair of META, an independent organisation 
that was funded by the Federal Government and represented 
the interests of Australian manufacturers across the nation. 
META had been established to generate innovative thinking and 
collaboration across manufacturing to target job growth, enhance 
productivity and increase export opportunities for Australian 
Manufacturing companies.

Special Responsibilities
Member of the Audit & Risk Committee and the Remuneration 
& Nomination Committee.

Tony brings over 30 years of policy and operational experience in 
the energy industry to the business. Tony was previously CEO of 
the Seymour Group, one of Queensland’s largest private investment 
and development companies. Prior to joining the Seymour Group, 
Tony held the position of CEO of Ergon Energy, a Queensland 
Government-owned corporation involved in electricity distribution 
and retailing.  Before that, he was CEO of CS Energy, also a 
Queensland Government-owned corporation and the State’s largest 
electricity generation company at that time, operating over 3,500 
MW of gas-fired and coal-fired plant at four locations.

Tony was Chair of the Independent Review Panel appointed in 2012 
by the Queensland Government to review the government owned 
electricity network businesses in Queensland. The panel submitted 
its report to the Government in December 2012. Tony was awarded 
the Centenary Medal in 2001 in recognition of his distinguished 
career in public service, having achieved the position of Deputy 
Under Treasurer with Queensland Treasury, and in 2000 as an 
Assistant Under Treasurer, responsible for the Industry and Energy 
Division of Queensland Treasury heavily involved in formulating the 
State Government’s energy strategy.

Tony is a director of the listed companies shown below and is also 
a director of Loch Explorations Pty Ltd, West Bengal Resources 
(Australia) Pty Ltd and the Endeavour Foundation.

Other listed company directorships in the last three years
Since June 2010 
Corporate Travel Management Limited 
Since December 2016 
intelliHR Holdings Limited 
Since August 2015 
NOVONIX Limited 
Since March 2013 
Shine Corporate Ltd 
Since June 2017
State Gas Limited  

Special Responsibilities
Chair of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee, a member of 
the Audit & Risk Committee and the Health, Safety, Environment & 
Sustainability Committee.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

0
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Georganne Hodges 
Bachelor of Business Administration in Accounting from Baylor 
University, CPA (Texas), Member of National Association of 
Corporate Directors (NACD) 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Age: 53
Director since 26 October 2016
1.5 years’ service

Antonino (Tony) Iannello
BCom, FCPA, SFFSIA, Harvard Business School Advanced 
Management Program, FAICD
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Age: 60
Director since 19 July 2010
8 years’ service

Tony brings to the business more than 30 years of banking and 
energy experience. Tony is Non-Executive Chair of D’Orsogna Ltd 
and a director of Juniper Aged Care Services. He has prior experience 
as a director of the listed company shown below as well as AusNet 
Services Ltd, Energia Minerals Ltd, HBF Health Ltd, the MG Kailis 
Group of Companies, the Water Corporation of Western Australia, 
and has been a member of The Murdoch University Senate. Prior 
to embarking on a career as a non-executive director, Tony was the 
Managing Director of Western Power Corporation until its separation 
into four separate businesses. Previously he held a number of senior 
executive positions at BankWest.

Other listed company directorships in the last three years
Empire Oil & Gas NL (Chair) 

November 2013 – March 2018

Special Responsibilities
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee and member of the 
Remuneration & Nomination Committee.

Georganne brings over 25 years of wholesale and retail energy 
experience, including extensive industry experience across the 
energy value chain leading the finance, accounting and other back 
office operations of medium to large North American wholesale and 
retail energy companies.

She is currently CFO for energy refining and marketing company 
Motiva Enterprises, based in Houston Texas and a board member 
for Big Brothers Big Sisters Lone Star, a non-profit volunteer youth 
mentoring organisation.

Prior to mid-2016 Georganne was Chief Financial Officer and 
Treasurer for Spark Energy Incorporated (Nasdaq: SPKE), a US 
natural gas and electricity supplier serving residential and commercial 
customers in 16 states, where from 2013 she was responsible for 
corporate financial reporting, risk management, accounting, financial 
planning and analysis, treasury, tax and internal controls. During her 
time there, she successfully completed the company’s initial public 
offering as well as several acquisitions. Prior to joining Spark Energy, 
Georganne served as Vice President Finance for US company Direct 
Energy’s retail energy business from August 2009 to October 2012 
and in various other senior financial roles prior to that. Georganne 
began her finance career in 1987 with Arthur Andersen, where she 
audited companies across the energy value chain.

Georganne also holds memberships in the Houston Chapter of CPA’s 
and the Women’s Energy Network.

Special Responsibilities
Member of the Audit & Risk Committee.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

1
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Philip St Baker
BEng, MAICD 
Non-Executive Director 
Age: 50
Director since 14 July 2017
1 years’ service

Wayne St Baker
FAICD, GDBA, Dip. Mech.Eng. 
Non-Executive Director 
Age: 71
Director since 1 March 2016
2.5 years’ service

Philip is an experienced entrepreneur active in Australia and the USA. 
He was previously Managing Director of ERM Power for eight years 
to 2014 overseeing the development of power generation assets 
(over $2 billion in value), and the creation and expansion of ERM 
Power’s retail business. Prior to that Philip had a 16-year career with 
BHP Billiton gaining international experience in the resources sector 
including mining, processing, smelting and refining.

In 2014 Philip received the Ernst & Young Queensland Entrepreneur 
of the Year Award for Listed Companies and was a nominee 
for the Australian Entrepreneur of the Year. Philip is also a 
member of State Advisory Board of Queensland for the Starlight 
Children’s Foundation.

Other listed company directorships in the last three years
NOVONIX Limited (MD & CEO) 

Since August 2015

Special Responsibilities
Member of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee.

Wayne brings to the business more than 40 years’ experience 
as a chair, executive director and non-executive director of 
listed and private companies in Australia and SE Asia across the 
industrial sector.

Wayne is currently a non-executive director of ProComp Energy 
Machinery (Kunshan) Co. Ltd (China). From March 2010 to April 2016 
he was a non-executive director of CAPS Australia, and until 2009 
was the Managing Director of Champion Compressors, enabling the 
company to expand from a small private service and sales company 
to become a publicly listed manufacturer and market leader in 
Australia and Asia. Wayne has held global business development 
roles for divisions of United Technology Corporation (USA). Wayne 
was previously a non-executive director on the ERM Power Board 
between July 2007 and June 2010.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

2
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Jon Stretch
BSc (Melb), MAICD
Managing Director & CEO
Age: 54
Director since 2 February 2015
3.5 years’ service

Jon joined ERM Power as Managing Director and Chief Executive 
Officer (MD & CEO) on 2 February 2015. He also plays an advocacy 
role in the broader energy industry speaking at various events such as 
the Australian Energy Week.

Jon is an experienced chief executive with broad international 
experience in the information technology (IT), telecommunications 
and industrial sectors.  His background in systems and process 
engineering, and business-to-business (B2B) and business-to-
consumer (B2C) sales and marketing has enabled him to lead business 
transformation and growth in Australia and internationally.

Prior to joining ERM Power, Jon was the Executive Vice President, 
Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) for Landis+Gyr, the leading 
provider of smart metering and energy management solutions 
globally. Jon joined Landis+Gyr as Executive Vice President Asia 
Pacific in January 2008 and in April 2010 moved to Switzerland to 
take up the EMEA position.

Prior to joining Landis+Gyr, Jon was CEO of AAPT, an Australian 
based telecommunications company, wholly owned by Telecom New 
Zealand and was based in Sydney. He has had extensive experience 
in Asia and Europe in IT and telecommunications, starting his career 
with IBM in Australia in 1986. He spent six years in Hong Kong with 
IBM and AT&T running substantial cross regional telecommunications 
services businesses, and several years running AT&T’s business across 
Europe, Middle East and Africa, based in Paris.

Special Responsibilities
Chair of the Health, Safety, Environment & Sustainability Committee, 
the Workplace Health & Safety Committee, and the Enterprise 
Risk Committee.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive team profiles

Mitch Anderson 
BS (Finance), MBA
Executive General Manager, 
Business Energy (US)

Michelle Barry 
BBus
Executive General Manager, 
Corporate Affairs 

Gregg Buskey  
BE (electrical), PhD, GAICD
Executive General Manager, 
Corporate Finance & Strategy

Mitch leads Source Power & Gas, based in 
Houston in the United States. As the head 
of the US operations Mitch is responsible for 
planning, implementing and integrating the 
strategy for Source. He formerly led ERM 
Business Energy (AU). Mitch has more than 
25 years’ experience in energy retailing and 
trading across Australia, the United States 
and New Zealand.

Michelle is responsible for ERM Power’s 
investor relations, human resources, 
regulatory affairs and communications 
programs. Michelle has more than  
20 years’ experience in media, strategy and 
corporate affairs roles across the energy and 
financial services sectors in Australia and the 
United Kingdom.

Gregg is responsible for strategy 
development and corporate financing 
activities, both critical to the business 
strategy underpinning ERM Power’s growth 
and business plans. Gregg has more than  
13 years’ experience in the energy industry 
and prior to that worked in robotics.

Megan Houghton  
BCom, BA (Economics), GAICD
Executive General Manager, 
Energy Solutions 

Megan is responsible for the Company’s 
Energy Solutions business, which delivers 
integrated energy management solutions 
to business, government and industrial 
customers. Megan has over 20 years’ 
experience in consulting, government, 
energy and water utilities leading business 
strategy, growth and transformation.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Phil Davis
LLB, AGIA
Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary

David Guiver
GAICD
Executive General  
Manager, Trading

Phil heads up ERM Power’s in-house legal 
team and supports the Board as Company 
Secretary. Phil is a qualified lawyer in 
Australia and the United Kingdom and 
specialises in the corporate, construction, 
property, energy and resource sectors.

David leads a team of energy trading 
specialists who source competitively priced 
energy risk management products. David’s 
team is also responsible for the commercial 
operations of the Company’s power station 
assets. David has over 20 years’ experience 
in electricity trading and retailing.

Derek McKay 
MBA, BE (Mech), GAICD
Chief Information Officer 
Executive General Manager, 
Generation

Steve Rogers
B.Comm, MAICD
Executive General Manager,  
Energy Retail (AU) 

James Spence
B.Sc, CA
Chief Financial Officer 

Derek manages teams across ERM Power’s 
two gas-fired peaking power stations, 
and the Company’s technology strategy, 
including infrastructure support and 
software development. Derek has more than 
25 years’ experience in the Australian gas 
and electricity industries.

Steve leads the retailing business in 
Australia, which is responsible for the 
acquisition, retention and growth of the 
commercial and industrial customer base. 
Steve previously held commercial roles in 
the utilities sector and started his career as 
an accountant. He has more than 16 years’ 
experience in the energy industry.

James is responsible for ERM Power’s group 
financial operations and risk management. 
James has experience in power generation, 
energy retailing and trading businesses in 
Australia, the US and United Kingdom. He 
has held CFO and Finance Director roles 
in energy businesses in Australia, UK and 
North America.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business model

Our business model defines the activities that we are engaged in, the relationships 
we depend on and the outputs and outcomes we aim to achieve in order to create 
value for all our stakeholders in the short, medium and long term.

Capital (resources)

Value added by

FINANCIAL

ENERGY RETAILING

We seek to efficiently source and use funds generated from 
operations or investments or obtained through financing.

ENERGY MANAGEMENT

We seek to maximise customers’ energy productivity by 
addressing both the supply and demand side of the  
energy equation.

PEOPLE

We continually work to develop the competencies, capabilities 
and talent of our people, who underpin our success.

INTELLECTUAL

We work with businesses and brokers to deliver efficient, 
timely and cost-effective electricity supply over a defined 
contract period. We rely on our supply chain for a number of 
inputs into our businesses including energy solution products 
and renewables certificates.

PRODUCTION OF ENERGY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

We develop, deliver, install and monitor a range a energy 
solutions that help businesses manage their energy more 
efficiently, and reduce their business costs.

SERVING CUSTOMERS EFFECTIVELY

Through our active customer management, accurate billing  
and technical innovations we ensure their satisfaction and 
build mutually-beneficial long-term relationships.

TRADING 

We efficiently source electricity and green certificates for our 
customers and manage risk through our trading practices.

ENGAGING AND ENABLING EMPLOYEES

Highly engaged and enabled people create  
high-performing organisations.

Our knowledge-based assets includes our brands, proprietary 
technology, systems and processes.

SERVING COMMUNITIES

PHYSICAL

Our power stations are important inputs to our value creation 
processes and we manage them safely, efficiently  
and effectively.

By providing products that meet our customers needs and  
operating a responsible, sustainable business, we create  
value for the communities where we operate.

INDUSTRY LEADERSHIP

We advocate on behalf of businesses and seek to amplify  
their voice.

PARTNERSHIPS

We develop mutually beneficial partnerships which support 
our business objectives.

SOCIAL AND RELATIONSHIPS

SUSTAINABILITY

We will protect and enhance our reputation with our 
stakeholders, ensuring we have the licence to operate.

Energy management products and services help customers 
drive down costs and emissions to meet sustainability targets.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Value created
We create value for our stakeholders and our business  
by carefully managing capital and resources.

Value shared

EBITDAF

$97.5m 

Dividend yield
6.8 
%

CUSTOMER SATISFACTION

92 % 

LOAD SOLD

19.2 

TWh

EMPLOYMENT

335 

ENGAGED AND ENABLED WORKFORCE

72_

SCORE
ENGAGED

at high-performing global norms

77_

SCORE
ENABLED

above high-performing global norms

TAXES

$26.9m 

CUSTOMER ENERGY SAVINGS

25 
%*

MW OF RENEWABLE ENERGY SUPPORTED

~200MW 

* Energy Solutions

By operating a profitable and sustainable business, we 
create value which is shared with all our stakeholders.

SHAREHOLDERS

By managing all inputs into our business well, we create profits 
which benefit shareholders through dividend payments and 
share value.

GOVERNMENT

We contribute to state and federal government monies 
through tax contribution.

SUPPLIERS/BUSINESS PARTNERS

As we create value, we support businesses throughout our 
value chain, and job creation beyond our business.

STAFF

Engaging, developing, recognising and rewarding our  
staff helps us secure and retain a skilled, energetic and 
motivated workforce.

COMMUNITIES

The communities where we operate benefit through job 
creation, tax payments, useful products, services, minimisation 
of environmental impacts and philanthropy programs.

CUSTOMERS

We build value for our customers’ businesses through the 
efficient and cost-effective provision of electricity and  
energy solutions.

INDUSTRY

ERM Power executives and regulatory specialists  
actively participate in advocacy and government  
relations opportunities, sitting on various consultative  
forums, writing regulatory submissions and engaging with 
strategic stakeholders.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Efficient energy fuelling 
business and prosperity

ERM Power has a clear, consistent strategy in place to drive the 
growth of its business and deliver ongoing value to shareholders.

The Company’s unique dual supply/demand perspective underpins 
the strategy, which focusses on meeting the growing range of energy 
needs for business, commercial and industrial customers.

Against a complex and dynamic industry backdrop, ERM Power 
helps provide certainty to customers who rely heavily on energy to 
fuel their success, through retail electricity contacts and a growing 
portfolio of data-driven energy management solutions.

ERM Power’s customer-led strategy recognises the fundamental 
changes in the energy industry and empowers businesses to take 
control of their own energy costs. 

The strategy capitalises on the Company’s enduring customer 
relationships and seeks to broaden and deepen these to help 
businesses optimise their energy investment.

As the energy market continues to transform, and the transition to 
renewables becomes more pronounced, ERM Power’s strategy also 
looks to take advantage of emerging opportunities, to develop and 
deliver responsive, innovative products and services.

ERM Power’s industry insights, market-leading strength of customer 
service and expertise in sophisticated data modelling and analytics 
well positions the Company for an increasing emphasis on smart 
energy solutions that will help transform the way businesses use  
and consume energy.

Equally important is the Company’s commitment to building  
a diverse, progressive and innovative culture that attracts and 
retains the high-quality talent which underpins ERM Power’s 
competitive advantage.

ERM Power will continue to execute on its growth agenda while 
flexing and adapting to take advantage of opportunities presented 
through the evolving energy landscape, with a focus on sustained 
high performance and sustainable shareholder returns. 

Operating  
and Financial 
Review

For the year ended 30 June 2018

Operating and Financial Review
For the year ended 30 June 2018

Financial year highlights

UNDERLYING EBITDAF1

UNDERLYING NPAT1

STATUTORY LOSS

$97.5m

$19.3m on FY2017

$30.2m

$46.3m on FY2017

$(80.7)2

m

$79.6m on FY2017

Australia retail

Sales volume

Gross margin

Opex 

US retail

Sales volume

Gross margin

Opex 

Generation EBITDAF ($m)

Oakey

Neerabup

FY2018 outlook  
24 August 2017

FY2018 outlook  
22 February 2018

FY2018 
actual

~19TWh

~19TWh

19.2TWh

~$4.40 / MWh

~$4.70 / MWh

~$23m

~$23m

$4.90 / 
MWh

$22.0m

~7.5TWh

~6.5TWh

6.3TWh

~A$5.00/MWh

~A$4.50/MWh

~A$3.20/MWh

~A$3.50/MWh

A$3.28/
MWh

A$3.25/
MWh

$14-16m

~$26m

$14-16m

~$26m

$17.0m

$27.6m

Energy solutions EBITDAF ($m)

~($4.5)m

~($4.0)-($4.5)m

($3.6)m

Corporate and other costs ($m)

~($15.5)m

~($14.5)m

($14.6)m

Underlying EBITDAF from continuing operations for the Group increased $19.3m on prior period EBITDAF of $78.2m. EBITDAF increased 
substantially due to the performance of the Australia retail business with strong performance also from the Oakey and Neerabup power stations 
and increasing earnings in the growing Energy Solutions business. Underlying NPAT increased $46.3m with EBITDAF improvements in FY2018 
contributing $13.5m additional after-tax earnings, and no recurrence of the one off permanent tax difference of $37.1m in FY2017 related to the 
Clean Energy Regulator shortfall charge. 

During the period the Group made decisions to divest the US energy retailing business and sell its SME single site customer contracts held in 
the Australian energy retailing business. As a consequence, US operating earnings are reflected in discontinued operations and the respective 
assets and liabilities categorised as held for sale throughout this review. The sale of the SME single site customer contracts resulted in an 
impairment loss of $1.0m being recognised during the period. 

The decision to sell the US business was taken based on the earnings forecasts of the business and the investment and time required to reach 
an appropriate return on investment. Under the Group’s capital management framework announced in February 2018, capital is allocated to 
parts of the business that the Board and management consider as providing the best value opportunities. Accordingly, the Board considered 
that the US business may be of more value to a US strategic buyer while ERM Power increases its focus and allocation of capital on expanding 
its growing Energy Solutions business in Australia. A sale process was initiated in June 2018 for the US business and the Group expects to 
finalise a sale during the first half of FY2019. 

Statutory NPAT was a loss of $80.7m and differs to underlying NPAT largely due to the unrealised net fair value movement in financial 
instruments and inclusion of losses incurred from the Group’s discontinued US business. The after-tax impact of the unrealised fair value 
movement was $76.4m and is a result of falling forward wholesale market electricity prices in 2H FY2018, on derivative instruments largely in 
place to manage exposures on future customer contracts which have offsetting movements, which are not included for accounting purposes. 
Statutory NPAT also includes the discontinued operations statutory loss results of $34.0m. 

1  All figures continuing operations unless otherwise stated

2  Includes unrealised net fair value losses of $76.4m on financial instruments designated at fair value through profit and loss and loss from US discontinued operations of $34.0m

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

0
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Outlook and future prospects
The outlook for FY2019 is shown in the table below.

Australia retail

Sales volume

Gross margin

Opex 

Generation EBITDAF1 ($m)

Oakey

Neerabup

Energy solutions ($m)

Revenue

EBITDAF

Corporate and other costs ($m)

Short surrender strategy ($m)

FY2018 
actual

FY2019 
outlook

19.2TWh

~19TWh

$4.90 / 
MWh

$22.0m

~$4.75 / 
MWh

~$22m

$17.0m

$27.6m

$14-16m

~$26m

$18.9m

~+50% on 
FY2018

($3.6)m

~($2.5)m

($14.6)m

~($16.0)m

-

$35-45m 
NPAT in 
FY2019/20 
(weighted to 
FY2020). 

1 FY2019 outlook includes $1.6m generation overhead expenditure, whilst the actual result in FY2018 was $0.8m. 

Medium term Australia retail gross margin outlook is $4-5.50/MWh. 

Outlook
Sales volumes in Australia retail are expected to be at or slightly ahead of FY2018 after adjusting for the sale of our SME single site book and  
loss of the NSW Government SME site contract. The reduction in rate of growth is due to lower volumes expected to come to market in FY2019.  
The mid-case margin of $4.75/MWh is in line with the range previously provided of $4-5.50/MWh, anticipating a slight reduction on the  
out-performance in FY2018. Opex will be in line with FY2018, and a reduction on FY2017 reflecting continued business efficiencies.

As previously stated, we anticipate that the large scale generation certificates (LGC) strategy will deliver $35-45m of NPAT across FY2019&20 
weighted to FY2020. The outcome and timing will be dependent on market and contractual factors. We retain the right to surrender 
certificates prior to 14 February 2020. This is not included in the outlook for gross margin.

Our expectation is that generation earnings will be in line with previous years and slightly below FY2018 where we have seen out-performance 
from both assets due to tighter supply in the Western Australian market and optimisation opportunities at Oakey.

Energy Solutions is expected again to see ~50% sales revenue growth as the business model continues to provide customers the opportunity  
to realise savings on their energy costs by making investments in energy efficiency. The EBITDAF loss is expected to reduce to around $2.5m 
while we continue to invest in operating capability as top line revenues of the business grow rapidly.

Corporate costs are expected to increase to around $16m driven in part by increased IT costs related to the integration of the Retail and Energy 
Solutions businesses.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

1
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review
For the year ended 30 June 2018

Future prospects
ERM Power is playing to its strengths in a transforming energy market. Our strategy accounts for an industry in transition, allowing us to deploy 
industry expertise and innovative approaches to meet changing customer needs. This has made ERM Power a leader in customer service, 
underpinning the trust business energy users place in our brand and people. This positions the business strongly to deliver smart energy 
management solutions which are a strategic differentiator. 

Businesses are increasingly looking to ERM Power for ways to meet both supply and demand challenges; to help manage the volatility of the 
wholesale market and reduce their energy consumption, to improve commercial, social and environmental outcomes.

The external environment is conducive to ERM Power’s business plan, with the need for competition clear in energy policy debate and in the 
recommendations of the Electricity Supply and Prices Inquiry by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (11 July 2018). 

ERM Power has a core electricity retailing business from which customer relationships are expanding into new energy management solutions. 
Investment in recent years has laid a solid platform for this business which is exceeding its targets. The Energy Solutions proposition is 
underpinned by market insights, deep knowledge of how businesses consume energy and powerful data analytics leading to compelling 
integrated project solutions. 

The Company’s generation assets are an important part of the portfolio. Gas has a critical role to play in the transition to a lower-emission 
electricity sector, highlighting the strategic value of ERM Power’s two gas-fired peaking power stations – Oakey Power Station in Queensland, 
and Neerabup Power Station in Western Australia.

ERM Power continues to execute on its strategy to create a high-performing business that advocates and delivers for energy consumers and in 
turn, shareholders, while making a positive contribution to the communities in which it operates.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

2
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review 
SECTION 1: SUMMARY OF GROUP FINANCIAL RESULTS

Review of operating and financial results

1.   SUMMARY OF GROUP FINANCIAL RESULTS 
1.1  Performance summary

$m

Business Energy Australia

Generation

Energy Solutions

Corporate and other

Underlying EBITDAF continuing operations

Significant items

Statutory EBITDAF continuing operations

Depreciation and amortisation

Net fair value (loss) / gain on financial instruments

Share of associate profit / (loss) (net of tax)

Impairment expense

Finance income

Finance expense

(Loss) / profit before tax

Tax benefit / (expense) 

(Loss) / profit from discontinued operations

Statutory net (loss) / profit after tax (NPAT)

Add back:

Net fair value loss / (gain) on financial instruments (net of tax)

Share of associate (profit) / loss (net of tax)

Loss / (profit) from discontinued operations

Significant items (net of tax)

Underlying NPAT continuing operations

 FY2018

 FY20171

Change

71.9

43.8

(3.6)

(14.6)

97.5

-

97.5

(30.2)

(109.2)

0.2

(1.0)

3.1

(27.3)

(66.9)

20.2

(34.0)

(80.7)

76.4

(0.2)

34.0

0.7

30.2

53.4

41.7

(4.3)

(12.6)

78.2

-

78.2

(27.2)

50.9

(0.3)

-

3.6

(24.5)

80.7

(61.5)

(20.3)

(1.1)

(35.6)

0.3

20.3

-

(16.1)

18.5

2.1

0.7

(2.0)

19.3

-

19.3

(3.0)

(160.1)

0.5

(1.0)

(0.5)

(2.8)

(147.6)

81.7

(13.7)

(79.6)

112.0

(0.5)

13.7

0.7

46.3

Underlying earnings per share

12.30

(6.59)

18.89

1 FY2017 figures restated to exclude US operations now included within discontinued operations.

%

35%

5%

16%

(16%)

25%

-

25%

(11%)

N/A

N/A

N/A

(14%)

(11%)

N/A

N/A

(67%)

N/A

N/A

N/A

67%

N/A

N/A

N/A

Underlying profits exclude the earnings associated with our US business following a decision to divest the operations as detailed in section 2.2. 
Accordingly, the results of the US operations are reflected in discontinued operations. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review 
SECTION 1: SUMMARY OF GROUP FINANCIAL RESULTS

1.2   Underlying profits from continuing operations

Underlying EBITDAF movement $m

18.5

2.1

0.7

97.5

78.2

(2.0)

m
$

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

FY2017 
EBITDAF

Business 
Energy AUS

Generation

Energy 
Solutions

Corporate

FY2018 
EBITDAF

Underlying EBITDAF from continuing operations for the year was $97.5m compared to $78.2m in the previous year. The key drivers of the 
$19.3m increase were as follows:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Business Energy Australia earnings increased by $18.5m on the comparative period. During the period we continued to see an 
improvement in operating conditions across the business with continued benefit from our STEP product, portfolio optimisation and the 
Vales Point offtake agreement, as prices in NSW remained high. Gross profit margin of $4.90/MWh was above the previous outlook with 
lower than expected load and price variance over the second half. Operating costs decreased due to efficiencies. 

 Generation earnings increased by $2.1m on the prior year with Neerabup contributing higher earnings in a tighter wholesale market 
following a number of plant outages from other generators and weather events creating merchant generation opportunities in the 
Western Australian market. Oakey benefited from favourable electricity hedging and the monetisation of gas positions.

 Energy Solutions made an EBITDAF loss of $3.6m, a $0.7m improvement on the comparative period. Energy Solutions revenue for the 
period was $18.9m, up ~55% compared to the prior year. 

 Net corporate and other costs increased by $2.0m on the prior year, mainly as a result of software licence sale earnings realised in FY2017.

Underlying NPAT movement $m

37.1

(2.0)

(2.1)

(0.2)

30.2

13.5

(16.1)

FY2017 
NPAT

After-tax EBITDAF 
movement

Shortfall  
charge

After-tax  
finance costs

After-tax 
depreciation

Other

FY2018
NPAT

m
$

40

30

20

10

-

(10)

(20)

(30)

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Underlying NPAT from continuing operations was a profit of $30.2m compared to a loss of $16.1m in the previous period. The key drivers of the 
$46.3m increase were as follows:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Net after tax impact of EBITDAF movements of $13.5m;

 A permanent tax difference resulting from the Clean Energy Regulator shortfall charge of $37.1m in the prior period. The decision to 
meet a portion of our 2016 LGC surrender requirements by way of payment of a shortfall charge to the Clean Energy Regulator in FY2017 
resulted in an additional permanent tax difference as the shortfall charge was not tax deductible; 

 After tax impact of finance cost increase of $2.0m, mainly as a result of the increased Liberty International Underwriters facility 
announced in July 2017 as well as associated higher prudential requirements in our Business Energy Australia operation following 
increased wholesale prices; and

 After tax impact of increased depreciation of $2.1m. Depreciation increased $1.6m in our Business Energy Australia operations, largely as 
a result of thigher customer acquisition costs and the associated amortisation charge. Depreciation across other parts of the business 
increased by $0.5m. 

1.3  Cash flow

$m

Cash flow

Operating cash flow before working capital changes

Net working capital changes

Operating cash flow

Total investing cash flow

Net drawdown / (repayment) of borrowings

Net repayment of leases

Finance costs

Dividends paid 

Payments for shares bought back

Termination of US Sleever agreement

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net change in cash

Continuing 
operations 
FY2018

 FY2018

 FY2017

Change

77.1

(136.2)

(59.1)

(31.8)

145.4

(4.1)

(24.4)

(17.3)

(2.9)

-

-

5.8

76.7

(119.5)

(42.8)

(43.5)

145.4

(4.4)

(34.0)

(17.3)

(2.9)

(5.1)

0.4

(4.2)

66.2

85.5

151.7

(19.8)

(23.7)

(4.1)

(28.7)

(22.5)

-

-

(0.8)

52.1

10.5

(205.0)

(194.5)

(23.7)

169.1

(0.3)

(5.3)

5.2

(2.9)

(5.1)

1.2

(56.3)

Operating cash flow before working capital changes of $76.7m were $10.5m higher than the prior year as a result of higher earnings in the 
Australian businesses, which were partially offset by higher tax payments made during the year following utilisation of available tax losses  
in FY2017. 

Working capital changes saw the reversal of variation margin cash paid in the groups favour in the prior year with a total outflow of $118.7m. 
Higher green certificate inventory balances contributed to the increase in working capital, which was partially offset by higher associated 
working capital liabilities. 

Net investing cash flows increased $23.7m on the prior year with higher spend on customer acquisition costs in our US business as a result 
of higher load. Investing cash flows in the prior period included the receipt of $14.9m in August 2016 from the sale of Western Australia joint 
venture gas interests to Empire Oil & Gas NL in February 2015 as well as $11.2m from the sale of our US residential business compared to  
$4.3 in FY2018.

Finance costs increased on the prior period as a result of higher load sold in our US operation and the associated credit sleeving fees as well 
as the early termination payment of $5.1m to exit the previous sleeving arrangement used as part of our US operations. Dividend payments 
reduced following the reduction of the dividend paid to 3.5 cents per share fully franked. 

A total of $2.9m was spent buying back shares under the buy-back plan announced in February 2018, including transaction costs.

Free cash decreased $58.6m primarily due to an increase in cash posted to restricted broker margin accounts, which saw restricted cash 
increase $41.6m from 30 June 2017. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review 
SECTION 1: SUMMARY OF GROUP FINANCIAL RESULTS

1.4   Balance sheet

$m

Balance sheet1 

Net assets (including assets held for sale)

Net working capital

Net capital employed including working capital

Net derivative balances 

Net (debt) / cash

1 Continuing operations only for FY2018 unless otherwise indicated

 FY2018

 FY2017

Change

249.5

(7.0)

411.5

(14.3)

(108.7)

565.9

(73.0)

369.4

305.3

55.7

(316.4)

66.0

42.1

(319.6)

164.4

Net assets decreased $316.4m from 30 June 2017. The decrease was principally as a result of a decrease in net derivative balances of $319.6m 
following a reduction in forward electricity market prices. The majority of this movement was reflected in changes in the Group’s hedge reserve 
while changes related to instruments not hedge accounted are reflected in profit and loss. 

Net working capital overall increased with higher levels of green certificate inventory only partially offset by an associated increase in the 
working capital liability. 

Net debt increased principally because of the reversal of variation margin cash previously posted in the Group’s favour, as shown in 
working capital changes in section 1.3 above. The repayment of the variation margin cash previously paid to ERM Power was a result of 
a decrease in wholesale prices during 2H FY2018. As a result, there was higher utilisation of the ANZ receivables facility at 30 June 2018 
than in previous periods.

The Group’s reported net debt is subject to fluctuate at balance date as a result of timing of working capital items, in particular settlement 
timing of wholesale market and counterparty payables related to our electricity retailing business in Australia. 

In December 2017, the $240m facility with ANZ was increased by $60m for the period from 1 January to 31 May for each year of the remaining 
term. This increase will support Business Energy Australia’s working capital and collateral needs during this peak period. In addition, the term  
of this facility was extended to July 2020. 

1.5   Capital management

$m

Balance sheet 

Dividends paid (cents per share)

Franking percentage

 FY2018

 FY2017

Change

7.0

100%

9.5

36.8%

(2.5)

63.2%

Under the Company’s capital management framework, capital available for distribution or reinvestment is determined with consideration to the 
liquidity requirements of the business whilst maintaining suitable buffers. Capital not required to maintain liquidity is used firstly in the payment 
of an appropriate level of ordinary dividends and secondly to fund growth opportunities. Additional surplus capital beyond these requirements 
is distributed back to shareholders in the most appropriate form. In determining the level of ordinary dividends Directors consider the earnings 
outlook, sustainability of the dividend level, yield and level of payout relative to earnings. Directors intend to pay dividends bi-annually after the 
respective period results are published. A reduction in the ordinary dividend is only considered in the event of material earnings volatility.

Consistent with the Company’s capital management framework, on 22 February 2018 the Company announced an on-market share buy-back  
of up to $20 million. The buy-back commenced on 12 March 2018 and will take place over a 12 month period. At 30 June 2018 1.7m shares had 
been acquired at a weighted cost of $1.61 per share. 

A fully franked final dividend of 4.0 cents per share for FY2018 was declared on 23 August 2018. An interim dividend of 3.5 cents per share was 
paid on 6 April 2018. Based on the share price at 30 June 2018, total dividends paid during FY2018 equate to a gross dividend yield of 6.8%. 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review 
SECTION 2: DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW

2.   DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW 
2.1  Business Energy Australia 
ERM Power is the second largest electricity provider to Commercial and Industrial (C&I) customers in Australia and the third largest retailer in 
the market. ERM Power has brought competition to the Australian market based on price and service; with a number 1 customer service ranking 
for seven years running1. 

Financial result

Load sold (TWh)

Contestable revenue ($’000)

Gross margin ($’000)

Opex ($’000)

Underlying EBITDAF ($’000)

Statutory EBITDAF ($’000)

Underlying gross margin $/MWh

Underlying opex $/MWh

 FY2018

 FY2017

Change

Change %

19.2

18.5

0.7

2,046,377

1,477,818

568,559

93,938

76,025

(22,028)

(22,666)

71,910

71,910

4.90

(1.15)

53,359

53,359

4.11

(1.23)

17,913

638

18,551

18,551

0.79

0.08

4%

38%

24%

3%

35%

35%

19%

7%

Operational highlights
During the year, there was strong growth in C&I load, which grew by 4% whilst SME load reduced by 5%. Total load sold was 19.2 TWh, up 4% on 
the prior year. 

Forward contracted load grew 1% from 28.6 TWh to 28.9 TWh reflecting our continued strong competitive position in the market. This figure 
includes estimated load from contracted customers on our STEP platform. The recontracting rate in FY2018 improved to 75% of load, which is 
above the historical average. 

The annual NTF Group UMI survey1 of C&I electricity customers saw ERM Power again comfortably win the survey for the 7th year running 
with 92% of customers either satisfied or very satisfied. This was a result achieved in a market where customers were struggling with rapidly 
increasing wholesale costs of energy and re-enforced our position as a trusted partner in helping our customers manage their energy costs. The 
survey also highlighted our Net Promoter Score amongst our customers to be +40 which is an outstanding result in any industry globally. By 
contrast, our major competitors were at -32 and -48 respectively. ERM Power was strongly associated with high standards of customer service 
and overall value for money by our customers which is a strong affirmation of our service model.

The ACCC report into the Retail Electricity industry was finalised in June 2018 with a number of recommendations largely applicable to the 
mass market. The C&I retail market was predominantly found to be working in customers’ interests but highlighted concerns around the 
degree of vertical integration in wholesale markets. This applied particularly in Queensland where the ACCC found there was excessive market 
concentration of generation ownership by the Queensland Government. ERM Power is strongly of the view that liquid wholesale markets are 
essential for efficient operation of the market and ultimately delivers the best results for customers. ERM Power has successfully lobbied for the 
National Energy Guarantee to recognise these principles in its final design which will be the subject of Government consideration in FY2019.

In June 2018 we entered into a contract for the sale of our SME single site book, which comprised about 5,200 sites. Our core electricity 
retailing business in C&I and SME multi-site segments where we have a strong proposition, point of differentiation and strategic advantage has 
seen growth and profitability. SME single site is a very different market and it has proven difficult to achieve returns equivalent to that we can 
achieve by deploying capital into other areas of the business. As a consequence we determined to exit the SME single site market segment by 
selling our customer book to Next Business Energy (Next). Sale proceeds are expected to be about $4m and will be received progressively as 
customer sites are transferred to Next. Proceeds of $1.5m were received during the year. At 30 June 2018 the associated contract acquisition 
costs for these sites were classified as held for sale and written down to the expected value of sale proceeds. 

Our mass market focus is now channelled through our residential retailer minority investments, 1st Energy and Energy Locals who are better 
placed to drive growth through their whole of mass market focus and consequent efficiencies of scale.

Contract length increased in FY2018 to an average length of 2.2 years (up from 1.9 years) as some customers sought longer term contracts due 
to lower wholesale prices beyond the immediate forward 12 months. 

Our STEP online platform continues to resonate with customers. Customer numbers were tracking materially ahead of expectations due to 
strong interest from customers looking to spread the timing risk of their energy purchases. We expect this trend to continue as market dynamics 
remain volatile.

In response to customers’ increased interest in directly contracting with renewable energy projects, and the increased proportion of electricity 
supply being provided by intermittent generation, ERM Power developed two new innovative derivative products in order to further facilitate 
price transparency and market liquidity in additional energy market hedging instruments. One product emulates a typical single-axis tracking 
solar generator’s production profile, and includes both an electricity hedge and a matching amount of LGCs on a one LGC to one MWh basis. 
The second product is an electricity only product, and is a hedge for all of the non-solar hours.

1  Refers to the Utility Market Intelligence (UMI) survey between 2011 and 2017 of large customers of major electricity retailers in Australia by independent research company NTF Group

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review 
SECTION 2: DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW

Financial performance 
Gross margin per MWh increased on the prior year as a result of strong operating performance across the business. During the year we continued 
to see an improvement in operating conditions with continued benefit from portfolio optimisation and the Vales Point offtake agreement, as 
prices in NSW remained high. Gross profit margins of $4.90/MWh were above the previous outlook.

As disclosed previously, under the LGC scheme ERM Power elected to pay the shortfall charge of $65 per certificate in FY2017 and take up the  
3 year optionality period available to potentially acquire certificates through either the market or through securing certificates directly from new 
renewable generators to assist with obtaining financial close of such projects. ERM Power has a further 1.5 years available under the optionality 
period to surrender large scale generation certificates. A small volume of certificates (20,000) were remitted during FY2018 for the previous 
shortfall amount, generating a refund of $1.3m. 

Included within gross margin during the period were timing variances from portfolio optimisation activities including the early settlement of 
electricity futures contracts. Portfolio optimisation of positions for both black electricity and environmental commodity products is a normal part 
of operations and may involve early settlement of derivative financial instruments, which may be positive or negative. If these instruments do 
not qualify for hedge accounting, any realised gain or loss is recognised immediately in profit and loss regardless of the original settlement date. 

Operating expenditure decreased $0.6m on the prior year as a result of efficiencies across the business.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

8
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
2.2  Business Energy US
ERM Power’s Houston-based energy retailing business, Source Power & Gas, serves C&I customers in the ERCOT and PJM energy markets. 
These markets cover Texas and 13 other states in the north east and mid-west of the country. 

Financial result from discontinued operations

Underlying EBITDAF ($’000)

Underlying NPAT ($’000)

Significant items ($’000)1

Statutory NPAT ($’000)

 FY2018

 FY2017

173

(19,283)

14,685

(4,734)

(9,676)

10,654

Change

4,907

(9,607)

4,031

(33,968)

(20,330)

(13,638)

1  Significant items include the after tax impact of unrealised mark to market movements of financial instruments of a $6.9m gain (2017: $10.7m loss), termination costs of $3.7m in respect of 

exiting the businesses previous sleeving agreement, the effect of a change in federal tax rates in the US of $7.6m and the deferred tax asset write-down for non-recoverability of US tax losses 
of $10.3m. The prior year results include the residential business sold during FY2017. 

Operational performance
During the year load continued to grow with 6.3 TWh sold, up 65% on the prior year when excluding the FY2017 US residential book.  
Operating costs of $20.5m were in line with forecast, however gross margin was below expectations at $3.28/MWh. 

The underlying NPAT loss for the year was $19.3m.

As a result of the decision to realise future value for the business through a sale, the operating results are classified as part of discontinued 
operations and the respective assets and liabilities held at 30 June 2018 to be divested are classified as held for sale. 

Appendix A1.4 contains further details of the operating results for the year and prior years.

Divestment
ERM Power acquired Source in early 2015 as an entry point for ERM Power to geographically expand its successful electricity retailing model 
from Australia to the US. 

While load has grown roughly six times since that acquisition, ERM Power has decided that the US business may be of more value to a US 
strategic buyer while ERM Power increases its focus and allocation of capital on expanding its growing Energy Solutions business. Accordingly,  
a sale process was initiated in June 2018 and the Group expects to finalise a sale of the business before the end of the calendar year. 

Net assets held for sale at 30 June 2018 are $13.2m including the unrealised MTM value of derivative financial instruments. Investors and the 
market will be updated on the sale process in due course. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

9
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review 
SECTION 2: DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW

2.3   Generation 
ERM Power has an interest of 497 MW in two high quality power stations; Oakey and Neerabup (100% interest in the Oakey power station). 
ERM Power is the operator of both these power stations.

Financial result

$m

External revenue and other income

Oakey

Neerabup

Generation development and operations

Underlying EBITDAF

Oakey

Neerabup

Generation development and operations

 FY2018

 FY2017

Change

%

35.6

34.6

1.3

71.5

17.0

27.6

(0.8)

43.8

96.4

34.2

1.3

131.9

15.8

27.2

(1.3)

41.7

(60.8)

(63%)

0.4

-

1%

-

(60.4)

(46%)

1.2

0.4

0.5

2.1

8%

1%

38%

5%

Operational highlights 
Neerabup Power Station had exceptional operating performance during FY2018 with availability of 99.8%. In response to favourable market 
conditions driven by weather and plant outages, the power station operated 8.36% of the time, compared to 5.5% in FY2017. This was well 
above the stations life average.

Oakey Power Station’s availability was 91% in FY2018 compared to 90.86% in FY2017. The power station operated 2.5% of the time, compared 
to 4.5% in FY2017. The power station successfully completed the final stage of its major maintenance of the second unit in 2H FY2018. 

There were no Lost Time Injuries at Neerabup or Oakey Power Station during the year, continuing ERM Power’s track record of exceptional 
safety performance in power station operations. 

Financial performance 
Underlying EBITDAF for the period was $43.8m, up 5% on the prior year. 

Plant outages and a tight wholesale market in Western Australia enabled additional merchant revenue to be generated by Neerabup.

The decrease in operation of the Oakey power station did not result in lower earnings due to favourable derivative hedge contracts and  
as a result of electing to sell gas as a more profitable option than producing electricity.

Capital expenditure costs incurred during the year on the major maintenance were in line with expectations at $9.5m.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

0
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
2.4   Energy Solutions 
ERM Power’s Energy Solutions business provides an expanding portfolio of energy solutions to our business customers. 

Financial result

$m

Revenue (including internal segment sales)

Gross margin

Operating expenses

Underlying EBITDAF 

 FY2018

 FY2017

Change

18.9

10.6

(14.2)

(3.6)

12.2

6.6

(10.9)

(4.3)

6.7

4.0

(3.3)

0.7

%

55%

61%

(30%)

16%

Operational highlights 
Strong growth in the metering and advisory service units underpinned the higher revenue and gross margin results compared to the previous 
period. An increasing share of customers are purchasing multiple products and services as the integrated sales model offering a customised 
mix of energy solutions gains traction. High electricity prices continue to drive customers to seek advice and energy efficiency solutions. The 
business continues to develop new products and strategic partnerships to ensure it can respond to a wide range of customer needs. 

Financial performance
Revenue grew 55% over the past year with growth particularly strong in advisory and metering services, which made up 29% of total revenue 
and 48% of gross margin. 

Expanding the sales and delivery capacity of the business was a key priority in FY2018 which led to an increase of 30% in operating costs, 
primarily due to an increase in staff numbers across the operating unit.

2.5    Corporate and other
Financial result

$m

External revenue

Expenses

Underlying EBITDAF 

 FY2018

 FY2017

Change

0.6

(15.2)

(14.6)

2.9

(15.5)

(12.6)

(2.3)

0.3

(2.0)

%

(79%)

(2%)

(16%)

Net corporate costs increased on the prior year as a result of external software licence agreements finishing in FY2017. Gross costs decreased 
slightly on the prior period. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

1
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review 
APPENDICES

Appendices

A1.1   Non-IFRS Financial Information
The directors believe the presentation of certain non-IFRS financial measures is useful for the users of this document as they reflect the 
underlying financial performance of the business.

The non-IFRS financial profit measures are used by the Managing Director to review operations of the Group and include but are not limited to:

1. 

2. 

3. 

 EBITDAF - Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, impairment and net fair value gains / losses on financial instruments 
designated at fair value through profit. EBITDAF excludes any profit or loss from associates.

Underlying EBITDAF - EBITDAF excluding significant items.

 Underlying NPAT - Statutory net profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company after excluding the after tax effect of 
unrealised marked to market changes in the fair value of financial instruments, impairment and gains / losses on onerous contracts and 
other significant items. Underlying NPAT excludes any profit or loss from associates.

All profit measures refer to continuing operations of the Group unless otherwise noted.

A reconciliation of underlying NPAT and underlying EBITDAF is detailed in Appendix A1.2 of this document. The above non-IFRS financial 
measures have not been subject to review or audit. These non-IFRS financial measures form part of the financial measures disclosed in the 
books and records of the Consolidated Entity, which have been reviewed by the Group’s auditor.

The Group is required to value its forward electricity purchase contracts at market prices at each reporting date. Changes in values between 
reporting dates are recognised as unrealised gains or losses in the particular reporting year either in profit or loss or the hedging reserve. 

The directors believe that underlying EBITDAF and underlying NPAT provide the most meaningful indicators of the Group’s business 
performance. Significant items adjusted in deriving these measures are material items of revenue or expense that are unrelated to the underlying 
performance of the Group. 

To allow shareholders to make an informed assessment of operating performance for the year, a number of significant items of revenue or 
expense in each year have been identified and excluded to calculate an underlying EBITDAF and underlying NPAT measure. These items may 
relate to one-off transactions or revenue or costs recognised during the year that are not expected to routinely occur as part of the Group’s 
normal operations. A reconciliation of underlying EBITDAF and underlying NPAT are shown in the tables below. 

A1.2  

 Reconciliation of underlying EBITDAF and underlying NPAT

FY2018

$m 

Business 
Energy AU

Generation

Energy 
Solutions

Corporate 
and other

Group

Statutory EBITDAF continuing operations

Significant items

Underlying EBITDAF continuing operations

71.9

- 

71.9

43.8

-

43.8

(3.6)

-

(3.6)

(14.6)

-

(14.6)

97.5

-

97.5

Statutory NPAT continuing operations

(40.0)

10.6

(4.1)

(13.2)

(46.7)

Significant items 

EBITDAF adjustments (above)

SME single site impairment

Tax effect of significant item adjustments

Total significant items 

Fair value loss on financial instruments net of tax

Associate gain after tax

Underlying NPAT continuing operations

-

1.0

(0.3)

0.7

76.2

-

36.9

-

-

-

-

0.2

-

10.8

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4.1)

-

-

-

-

-

(0.2)

(13.4)

-

1.0

(0.3)

0.7

76.4

(0.2)

30.2

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

2
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
FY2017

$m 

Business 
Energy AU

Generation

Energy 
Solutions

Corporate 
and other

Group

Statutory EBITDAF continuing operations1

Significant items

Underlying EBITDAF continuing operations1

53.4

-

53.4

41.7

-

41.7

(4.3)

-

(4.3)

(12.6)

-

(12.6)

78.2

-

78.2

Statutory NPAT continuing operations1

16.8

18.8

(3.6)

(12.8)

19.2

Significant items 

EBITDAF adjustments (above)

Total significant items 

Fair value gain on financial instruments net of tax1

Associate loss after tax

Underlying NPAT continuing operations1

1 FY2017 figures restated to exclude US operations now included within discontinued operations.

A1.3  

 Historical figures continuing operations

-

-

(25.4)

-

(8.6)

-

-

(10.2)

-

8.6

-

-

-

-

(3.6)

-

-

-

0.3

(12.5)

-

-

(35.6)

0.3

(16.1)

$m Unless indicated

FY2018

FY2017

FY2016

FY2015

FY2014

Business Energy Australia1

Load (TWh) 

Underlying gross margin

Underlying operating expenses

Underlying gross margin $ per MWh

Underlying operating expenses $ per MWh

Underlying EBITDAF 

Generation1

Oakey 

Neerabup

Generation development and operations

Underlying EBITDAF 

Corporate division statistics1 

Total revenue

Total expenses

Underlying EBITDAF 

Energy Solutions1 

Revenue (includes internal segment sales)

Gross margin

Operating expenses

Underlying EBITDAF 

1  Excluding significant items – refer to A1.2 for further details.

19.2

93.9

(22.0)

4.90

(1.15)

71.9

17.0

27.6

(0.8)

43.8

0.6

(15.2)

(14.6)

18.9

10.6

(14.2)

(3.6)

18.5

76.0

(22.7)

4.11

(1.23)

53.4

15.8

27.2

(1.3)

41.7

2.9

(15.5)

(12.6)

12.2

6.6

(10.9)

(4.3)

18.1

76.0

(20.6)

4.20

(1.14)

55.4

11.5

25.1

(1.2)

35.4

1.5

(13.1)

(11.6)

5.1

2.8

(4.1)

(1.3)

16.1

76.1

(21.5)

4.72

(1.34)

54.6

22.7

25.2

(1.1)

46.8

2.7

(16.6)

(13.9)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

14.1

59.1

(17.9)

4.20

(1.27)

41.3

28.6

23.1

(1.2)

50.5

1.6

(16.0)

(14.4)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review 
APPENDICES

A1.4  

 Business Energy historical margins1 

Underlying gross margin $/ MW

2H FY2018

1H FY2018 2H FY2017

1H FY2017 2H FY2016

1H FY2016

Australia 

US – discontinued operations

Underlying Opex $/MWh

Australia

US – discontinued operations

Load sold (TWh)

C&I Australia

SME Australia

US – discontinued operations

Underlying EBITDAF ($’000)

Australia

US – discontinued operations

4.72

2.83

5.08

3.78

7.24

2.92

0.73

4.23

3.93

7.16

4.49

5.61

(1.15)

(3.22)

(1.15)

(3.30)

(1.26)

(4.36)

(1.19)

(4.70)

(1.08)

(6.13)

(1.21)

(6.82)

9.3

0.3

3.3

9.2

0.4

3.0

9.2

0.4

2.6

8.5

0.4

2.0

8.8

0.3

1.3

8.7

0.3

1.1

34,177

(1,274)

37,733

1,447

57,437

(3,783)

(4,078)

(951)

25,970

1,276

29,450

(1,283)

1  All comparative figures for the US discontinued operations include earnings for the residential business, which was sold during FY2017.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary

$m  

C&I  

Millions of dollars

Commercial and Industrial

Contestable Revenue 

 Contestable revenue is the electricity sales revenue component on which we earn a margin and excludes pass-through 
items such as network charges

EBITDAF  

EBIT 

ERCOT 

1H   

2H   

FY   

GWh 

IFRS 

MWh 

NEM 

NPAT 

PJM 

Sleeving 

SME 

 Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, impairment and net fair value gains / losses on financial 
instruments designated at fair value through profit and loss. EBITDAF excludes any profit or loss from associates

Earnings before interest and tax

Electric Reliability Council of Texas

First half of financial year

Second half of financial year

Financial year ended or ending 30 June 

Gigawatt hours is a unit of energy representing one billion watt hours

International Financial Reporting Standards

Megawatt hours is a unit of energy representing one million watt hours

The National Electricity Market 

Net profit after tax

Pennsylvania, Jersey, Maryland Power Pool

Credit sleeving through intermediary to trade and hedge with third parties

Small to Medium Enterprise

Source Power & Gas 

SPG Energy Group LLC

TWh 

Terawatt hours is a unit of energy representing one thousand gigawatt hours (GWh)

UMI Survey 

 Utility Market Intelligence (UMI) survey of major retail electricity retailers by independent research company NTF 
Group in 2017. Research based on survey of 300 business electricity customers between November 2017 and January 
2018. Three major electricity retailers benchmarked

Underlying EBITDAF  

EBITDAF excluding significant items

Underlying EBIT  

Underlying NPAT 

 EBIT after excluding the unrealised marked to market changes in the fair value of financial instruments, impairment 
and gains / losses on onerous contracts and other significant items. Underlying EBIT excludes any profit or loss from 
associates

 Statutory net profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company after excluding the after tax effect 
of unrealised marked to market changes in the fair value of financial instruments, impairment and gains / losses on 
onerous contracts and other significant items. Underlying NPAT excludes any profit or loss from associates

US or USA 

United States of America

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Social Responsibility
For the year ended 30 June 2018

1. LEADERSHIP
Approach
ERM Power has demonstrated industry leadership in a year of 
complex and dynamic policy challenges. With 22% share (by load) 
of the Australian business electricity market and market-leading 
customer satisfaction, the Company’s credibility in public policy is 
founded on customer advocacy and insights, deep knowledge of 
industry processes, diverse business interests and a direct approach. 

Operating in this highly regulated sector, anticipating and influencing 
public policy is critical to successful business strategy development 
and execution. ERM Power executives and regulatory specialists 
actively participate in advocacy and government relations 
opportunities, sitting on various consultative forums, writing 
regulatory submissions and engaging with strategic stakeholders. 
ERM Power also utilises peak bodies, including the Australian 
Industry Group and the Energy Efficiency Council to amplify its  
voice across the sector.

Policy environment in 2018
Over the past year energy policy debate continued to dominate 
the sector and public discourse. The need for enduring, bipartisan 
national energy policy has never been greater though politics 
continues to overshadow policy. The transition to renewables and 
new technology is challenging but ERM Power remains committed to 
supporting development of policy which eases the transition for the 
benefit of customers and the community. In the absence of a clear 
policy framework around energy and climate targets, ERM Power’s 
role in helping customers manage volatility and energy productivity 
has never been more important.

ERM Power’s key policy principles
Whether discussing day-to-day obligations or the sector’s future 
more broadly, ERM Power maintains a strong principled approach  
to advocacy. Priority principles are:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Enduring, bipartisan, national energy policy, to support  
greater investment certainty;

 An efficient and orderly transition to a low-emissions energy 
sector, recognising gas-fired electricity generation as a vital 
support to intermittent renewables;

 Competitive and technology neutral policies, to provide an 
even playing field to meet sectoral objectives; and

 Supporting both supply and demand-side measures to  
improve market efficiency and reliability at lowest cost,  
to support customers.

These are integral to creating a sustainable energy market into  
the future.

 2. CUSTOMERS
ERM Power is an energy business for business. The Company makes 
it simple for organisations to take charge of their energy and make 
smarter choices.

ERM Power continues to demonstrate outstanding service for 
its customers. In Australia, the Utility Market Intelligence survey1 
reported 92% satisfaction from ERM Power’s large business 
customers, and yet again ranked No.1 in customer satisfaction against 
its peers. This marks the seventh consecutive year that ERM Power 
has dominated other retailers in this survey.

Broker satisfaction in Australia is similarly impressive with industry 
leading satisfaction and a No.1 ranking against other retailers as 
shown in the Markets and Communication Research (MCR) survey2.

Momentum in delivering strong service also continues in the US, with 
Source Power and Gas’s broker satisfaction ranking being in the top 
three for the third consecutive year. This is a survey3 of more than 
140 brokers ranking more than 50 retailers. At the same time the 
recognition rate has nearly tripled since acquisition in 2015 going from 
21% to 62% of surveyed brokers saying they do business with Source. 

3. WORKPLACE
Employee engagement and enablement
ERM Power listens to what employees have to say about their 
workplace. 

Based on results from ERM Power’s second formal employee 
engagement and enablement survey in 2017, it was clear that 
employees felt both highly engaged and enabled to strive for results 
on behalf of the organisation whilst reaching their potential. 

ERM Power rated at or above global high-performing norms in a 
number of critical areas including employee engagement, employee 
enablement, confidence in leadership, clarity of business strategic 
direction and customer focus. 

Since the survey, strong emphasis has been placed on further 
improving the workplace experience, with learning and development 
and collaboration selected as priority areas of focus.

A number of organisational-wide initiatives have been implemented 
to enhance these priorities, including development programs at all 
levels and a hackathon. The hackathon brought together multi-
disciplinary teams who applied design thinking to come up with 
proposed solutions to a range of business challenges.

Improvement in both learning and development and collaboration 
together with other key areas is evident through results from short, 
regular staff surveys. These internally administered surveys provide 
an interim indicator of progress ahead of the next formal employee 
engagement and enablement survey in 2019. 

Supporting staff wellness
Maintaining a healthy workforce by supporting employee wellbeing 
has positive outcomes for both employees and ERM Power. 

ERM Power offer a range of workplace programs, policies and 
facilities to support personal wellness. A key initiative offered during 
the year was a targeted wellness program which provided employees 
the tools and knowledge to promote balance across key life domains 
including relationships, nutrition, sleep and exercise. 

Other initiatives include a recently updated flexible working policy, 
an Employee Assistance Program and workplace health and safety 
training and awareness sessions on a broad range of topics including 
workplace behaviour, mental health and ergonomics. 

1 Utility Market Intelligence survey of large customers of major electricity retailers by independent research company NTF Group from 2011 – 2017
2 Market and Communication Research (MCR), February 2018
3 Energy Research Consulting Group’s (ERCG) survey, January 2018  

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Safety
Safety is the top priority across ERM Power’s locations. Safety 
measures are reported at each Board meeting, including any first-aid 
treatment, near misses, and lost-time injuries. 

Safety is the first Key Performance Indicator (KPI) for all power 
station personnel. On-site staff participate in regular safety briefings, 
plan job observations, safety procedure reviews, and drug and alcohol 
testing. All corporate staff complete regular online Workplace Health 
and Safety training modules, and participate in monthly briefings.

4. COMMUNITY
ERM Power actively seeks to engage with and give back to the 
communities in which it operates. In 2017, ERM Power launched 
its ‘Power of Giving’ sponsorship program as a formal channel for 
community support and engagement, and continues to honour that 
program by supporting a wide array of charitable causes throughout 
the country. Staff are also encouraged to utilise volunteer leave to 
support charitable causes. 

Initiatives supported by ERM Power staff in FY2018 include:

In FY2018 ERM Power again celebrated an excellent safety record. 
Across both Neerabup and Oakey power stations, there were no 
lost-time injuries, including during Oakey’s second major gas turbine 
and generator overhaul, and a full station upgrade of the operating 
control system on both gas turbines and the balance of the plant.

Diversity
Research shows that organisations comprising of an employee base 
with a broad range of experience and attributes in a workplace 
environment that encourages diversity of thought make better 
decisions and ultimately produce stronger results. 

Board and employee diversity is the responsibility of the 
Remuneration & Nomination Committee and is a focus for the 
executive and leadership team.

ERM Power continues to make positive progress towards its diversity 
targets set by the Board in 2016 and has since added additional 
internal targets which are reviewed monthly at the executive level. 

Recognising that leadership starts at the top of an organisation, 
on 28 February 2018 ERM Power announced the appointment of 
independent non-executive director Julieanne Alroe, to commence 
in August 2018. Julieanne is a highly experienced executive with 
exceptional business leadership qualities and experience in strategy, 
risk and governance across a range of industries. With Julieanne 
joining Georganne Hodges as a director, the representation of 
women on the Board has increased to 25%. 

ERM Power continues to improve workplace diversity through a 
range of initiatives and policies, including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Attraction strategies that focus on target labour market 
segments;

 Annual gender pay equity reviews to proactively address 
gender pay gaps;

 Ensuring team diversity is considered throughout the 
recruitment and promotion process; 

Paid parental leave entitlements;

Flexible work arrangements;

Women in leadership program; and 

Formal talent identification and succession planning.

ERM Power’s report for the Workplace Gender Equality Agency is a 
comprehensive review of gender diversity in ERM Power’s Australian 
workforce. The 2018 report shows continued progress from the 
previous reporting period, and is available on the website, along with 
the company-wide Gender Diversity Policy.

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Over $72,000 raised through the Vinnies CEO Sleepout event 
in Brisbane. In addition to participating each year, CEO Jon 
Stretch is also a CEO Sleepout ambassador, helping to raise 
awareness for the issue of homelessness while encouraging  
his peers to participate.

 ERM Power became a sponsor for Robogals Brisbane – an 
international student-run organisation that aims to inspire, 
engage and empower young women to consider studying 
engineering and related fields. 

 The team at Neerabup Power Station threw its support  
behind the Black Dog Institute to help heighten awareness  
of important mental health issues.

 The Neerabup Power Station team also took advantage of 
ERM Power’s volunteer entitlement to support Manna Inc. –  
a charitable organisation that aims to provide hope and dignity 
to Perth’s hungry and under privileged. The team prepared  
160 meals for those in need.

 ERM Power continues its long-term support of indigenous 
education programs at The Armidale School in New South 
Wales and Geelong Grammar School in Victoria. 

5. ENVIRONMENT
As a diversified energy company, ERM Power recognises the potential 
for its business to both burden and protect the natural environment. 
This influences how the Company runs its business, as well as the 
products and services offered to customers. 

Power station environmental compliance
As operators at Oakey and Neerabup power stations, ERM Power 
is responsible for ensuring compliance with environmental license 
conditions. The Company regularly monitors and reports on a broad 
range of environmental factors, including air and water quality, waste 
management, emissions of greenhouse gases and other pollutants, 
pest control, and chemical use. 

During FY2018 there were no reportable environmental incidents, 
nor were there any breaches of any environmental licence conditions 
at either plant. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Social Responsibility
For the year ended 30 June 2018

FY2018 Environmental snapshot

Power Station

Generation  
(GWh)

Scope 1 
Emissions  
(tCO2-e)

Environmental 
incidents

Water discharge strategy

Oakey Power Station

73.9

47,187

Neerabup Power Station

250.5

155,772

Nil

Nil

Discharge reused for farmland irrigation  
(salinity neutralised if required).

Nil discharge – waste water is evaporated to brine.

As peaking power stations, operation and output varies significantly 
each year as the Company responds to market signals. Accordingly, 
greenhouse gas emissions from the power stations can also vary 
significantly. ERM Power maintains high efficiency standards to 
manage both operational and environmental impact.

ERM Power continually looks for ways to become more efficient and 
effective in its operations. For example, during the year the water 
treatment plant at Oakey power station was upgraded, increasing 
overall water production efficiency. 

Supporting renewable energy
ERM Power is committed to playing its part in the transition to a less 
emission-intensive energy sector. 

The Renewable Energy Target requires electricity retailers like ERM 
Power to acquire regulatory certificates from renewable energy 
generators. Retailers may achieve compliance under the scheme 
by either surrendering the required number of certificates to the 
Clean Energy Regulator, or by paying a charge for the shortfall in 
surrendered certificates. Scheme legislation provides a three-year 
window whereby a retailer may surrender certificates and receive a 
refund for any charge previously paid.

For the 2017 compliance year, ERM Power achieved compliance by 
surrendering 2.652m large scale generation certificates (LGCs). ERM 
chose to surrender certificates to cover the entire 2017 compliance 
year liability and there was no shortfall charge payable. 

Energy Solutions
ERM Power considers it both a business opportunity and a social 
responsibility to enable customers to lower their carbon footprint 
through smarter energy usage. 

The Company helps customers meet their environmental 
commitments by offering Government-accredited renewable energy 
under the GreenPower Program. This allows customers to make 
voluntary contributions above and beyond what otherwise would 
have occurred. 

With its growing Energy Solutions portfolio, ERM Power makes it 
simple for organisations to take charge of their energy and make 
smarter choices. The Company relieves organisations of the stress 
of energy management – cutting through the complexity to develop 
tailored solutions and help them achieve better energy and business 
outcomes. When businesses take charge of their energy needs they 
save time and money, and can remain focused on their business.

6. RISK FRAMEWORK AND MANAGEMENT
Group risks
ERM Power recognises that risk is an inherent part of its business. 
Risk arises from both the external environment in which the 
Company operates, and its own business and investment decisions. 
ERM Power does not seek to eliminate these risks; rather it looks 
to manage and mitigate them, and use them to create opportunity, 
ensuring the potential range of outcomes is acceptable. 

Risk management framework
Effective risk management requires that risk assessment and decision 
making is introduced into all functions of the business and through all 
stages of decision making, whether it be strategy, planning, delivery 
of projects or operation of assets.

All ERM Power staff are responsible for, and empowered to, take 
ownership of risk management within their function and for their 
level of responsibility. This organisation-wide adoption of risk 
management principles and practices is encouraged and promoted by 
the ERM Power Board and the executive team. Final accountability 
and authority for the Risk Management Framework Policy and 
decisions rests with the Board. 

Ultimate responsibility

Delegated authority / 
responsibility

ERM  
Board

Executive  
Team

Audit and risk committee

Enterprise risk committee

Business Managers

Divisional risk management

ERM Power’s Risk Management Framework Policy is publicly available 
on the Company’s website: https://ermpower.com.au/about-erm/
corporate-governance/

See the ERM Power Corporate Governance Statement at https://ermpower.com.au/investors-media/reports-presentations/

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

8
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Material business risks
ERM Power has an Enterprise Risk Committee which reviews on a quarterly basis business risks, potential impacts and mitigation programs.  
Key business risks are summarised in no particular order of significance as follows:

Risk

Potential Impacts

Mitigation

Industry risk

An evolving industry structure, highly 
competitive retail environment and 
technological changes in the generation 
and delivery of energy pose risks and 
opportunities for the business model. 

·  The business model includes diversification of service and product offerings and 
geography of operations.
·  The business generates revenue on both the supply and demand side.
·  A focus on superior quality of service offering includes deep retailer broker and 
customer relationships, data services and bespoke product offerings.
·  The business model allows for incorporating commercial opportunities arising from an 
evolving industry.

Regulatory 
changes

Commodity 
price 

Liquidity 
in energy 
derivative 
markets

System failures 
and cyber risk

Government policy and regulatory  
changes create investment and price 
uncertainty and can result in restrictions  
or changes to product and service 
offerings and price structures.

·  ERM Power has a strong voice in the industry and responds to the regulatory 
environment via written submissions, participation on industry groups and by 
representation to regulators, policy makers and politicians, thus influencing outcomes. 
·  Strategy supports new and strategic commercial opportunities which leverage 
regulatory and policy change.

ERM Power is exposed to fluctuations 
in wholesale market electricity and 
renewable energy certificate prices. This 
can increase cost of procuring energy to 
meet customer contract requirements.

Lack of liquidity in the energy derivative 
market can impact accurate pricing of r 
etail contracts and hedging of retail 
contracted load.

A failure of our system infrastructure 
or a cyber-security event may lead to a 
disruption of operations, a privacy  
breach, data corruption, theft of 
commercially sensitive information and 
damage to our reputation.

·  Group policies prescribe active management of exposures arising from forecast 
electricity sales within prescribed limits. In doing so, various hedging contracts have 
been entered into with individual market participants. 
·  The hedging program includes severe weather event mitigation.

·  The Group employs a diverse and dynamic trading strategy which is highly responsive 
to market dynamics.
·  ERM Power forms strategic trading relationships with energy generators.

·  The Group undertakes system reliability measures which include maintenance and 
systems support. 
·  The Group’s approach to cyber security leverages industry best practice set out in 
Information Security Management standards.

Power station 
failure

Prolonged outage of Oakey or Neerabup 
Power Stations would lead to a loss of 
revenue, coinciding with a potentially high 
cost of servicing derivative hedges.

·  The Group undertakes a preventive maintenance program. 
·  Has established contingency plans. 
·  Employs fire protection systems and flood plans.
·  Has security systems to prevent security breaches.
·  Has an excellent availability record based on maintenance and training.

Credit risk 

ERM Power could suffer financial losses if 
a debtor or wholesale counterparty fails to 
meet contractual obligations.

Funding risk

A failure to secure or maintain funding 
would negatively impact on financial 
performance, business strategies and 
growth plans.

Talent 
management 
and succession 
planning

An inability to attract and retain talent 
could impact the Company’s future 
financial performance, as well as hinder  
the ability to innovate.

The Group seeks to limit its exposure to credit risks by:
 ·  conducting appropriate due diligence on counterparties before entering into 
arrangements with them;
 ·  where appropriate obtaining collateral with a value in excess of the counterparties’ 
obligations to the Group;
 ·  preferential contracting with high credit quality derivative counterparties;
 ·  diversification by reducing reliance on particular counterparties; 
 ·  reporting and monitoring credit exposures on a regular basis; and
 ·  setting credit limits aligned to assessed credit strength.

·  Actively consider the level of funding under the Group’s capital  
management framework.
·  Maintain existing diversified funding sources and relationships.

·  The Company has a robust HR framework in place which includes leadership 
development and succession planning, career pathway support, a learning and 
development programme, a focus on engagement and enablement and a competitive 
remuneration program. 
·  An LTI scheme is in place for executives, which encourages retention as well as  
high performance.

Fraud

Fraud or ethical misconduct could damage 
our reputation, adversely affect operations 
and result in financial loss.

·  Regular risk assessments and internal control processes.
·  Pre-employment screening.
·  Segregation of duties.
·  Regular review of financial delegations.
·  Fraud awareness training for all staff.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

9
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report
For the year ended 30 June 2018

Directors’ Report

In accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, the directors of 
ERM Power Limited (“Company”) report on the Company and the 
consolidated entity ERM Power Group (“Group”), being the Company 
and its controlled entities, for the year ended 30 June 2018 (“the 
year”). The information appearing on the preceding pages forms part 
of this Director’s Report.

7. LIKELY DEVELOPMENTS AND EXPECTED RESULTS
Apart from the matters referred to in the Operating and 
Financial Review on pages 19 to 35, information as to other likely 
developments in the operations of the Group and the expected 
results of those operations in subsequent financial years has not been 
included in this report because the directors believe this could result 
in unreasonable prejudice to the Group.

1. PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
The principal activities of the Group during the year were:

• 

• 

• 

 electricity sales to businesses in Australia and the United 
States of America; 

generation of electricity; and

energy solutions.

2. OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEAR
A review of the operating results of the Group can be found in the 
Operating and Financial Review on pages 19 to 35.

3. REVIEW OF OPERATIONS
A review of the operations of the Group can be found in the 
Operating and Financial Review on pages 19 to 35.

4. BUSINESS STRATEGIES AND PROSPECTS
A review of the business strategies and prospects of the Group can 
be found in the Operating and Financial Review on pages 19 to 35.

5. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE OF AFFAIRS
Consistent with the Company’s capital management framework, on 
22 February 2018 the Company announced an on-market share buy-
back of up to $20 million. The buy-back commenced in March 2018.

On 29 June 2018, the Company signed a contract for the sale of 
our SME single site book, which comprises about 5,200 sites. As at 
30 June 2018, the Group has classified $3.4m intangible assets and 
$1.5m liabilities as held for sale and impaired $1.0m of SME single 
site customer acquisition costs held for sale to reflect management’s 
decision to sell the single site SME customer contracts from the 
Business Energy Australia operations.

In June 2018, a sale process of the US business was initiated and the 
Group expects to finalise a sale of the business before the end of 
the 2018 calendar year. At this stage of the sale process, expected 
sale proceeds are unknown. As a result of the decision to realise 
future value for the business through a sale, the operating results 
are classified as part of discontinued operations and the respective 
assets and liabilities held at 30 June 2018 to be divested are classified 
as held for sale. 

6. EVENTS AFTER BALANCE DATE
Since 30 June 2018 there have been no other matters or 
circumstances not otherwise dealt with in the Financial Report that 
have significantly or may significantly affect the Group.

8. PROCEEDINGS ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY
No person has brought or intervened in on behalf of the Company 
with an application for leave under section 237 of the Corporations 
Act 2001.

9. DIVIDENDS
Subsequent to year end, the directors have declared a final dividend 
in respect of the 2018 financial year as follows:

Amount:   

Franking:   

4.0 cents per share

100% franked

Date Payable: 

10 October 2018

The dividend has not been provided for in the 2018 financial 
statements.

During the year the Company paid an interim fully franked dividend 
of 3.5 cents per share (2017: 3.5 cents fully franked), together with 
a fully franked final dividend of 3.5 cents per share in respect of the 
previous year.

10. DIRECTORS
The following persons were directors of the Company during the 
whole of the financial year and up to the date of this report unless 
otherwise indicated:

Anthony (Tony) Bellas 

Independent Non-Executive Chair

Albert Goller 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Georganne Hodges   

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Antonino (Tony) Iannello 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Philip St Baker 

Trevor St Baker 

 Non-Executive Director  
(appointed 14 July 2017)

 Non-Executive Deputy Chair and 
Founder (resigned 14 July 2017)

Wayne St Baker 

Non-Executive Director 

Jonathan (Jon) Stretch 

 Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer (MD & CEO) 

Information on the current directors can be found in the Board 
of Directors section on pages 10 to 13. This information includes 
the qualifications, experience, other directorships and special 
responsibilities of each director in office as at the date of this report. 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

0
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

Board meetings

Audit & Risk

Remuneration  
& Nomination

A

15

15

13

14

11

2

14

15

B

15

15

15

15

13

2

15

15

A

6

6

6

6

**

**

**

**

B

6

6

6

6

**

**

**

**

A

6

6

**

6

6

**

**

**

B

6

6

**

6

6

**

**

**

Tony Bellas

Albert Goller

Georganne Hodges

Tony Iannello

Philip St Baker

Trevor St Baker 

Wayne St Baker

Jon Stretch

A = number of meetings attended

B = number of meetings held during the time the director held office 

during the year

** = Not a member of the relevant committee

12. DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
The relevant interest of each director in the share capital of the Company at the date of this report, as notified by directors to the ASX in 
accordance with Section 205G of the Corporations Act, is as follows: 

Tony Bellas

Albert Goller

Georganne Hodges

Tony Iannello

Philip St Baker

Wayne St Baker

Jon Stretch

13. COMPANY SECRETARIES 
Phil Davis  
LLB, AGIA

Ordinary 
shares

106,250

290,000

-

202,839

4,762,695

1,625,290

3,132,877

Phil Davis joined ERM Power in December 2007 and was appointed Group General Counsel and Company Secretary in October 2015. During 
this time his roles and responsibilities have covered the whole of ERM Power’s business including generation, sales, gas activities, compliance 
and corporate governance. Phil is a qualified lawyer in Australia and the United Kingdom, and specialises in the corporate, construction, 
property, energy and resource sectors.

Suzanne Irwin  
B.Com, CPA, C.Dec, FGIA & FCIS

Suzanne Irwin joined ERM Power in February 2007 and was appointed as an additional Company Secretary in 25 August 2017 managing the 
administrative functions for the Corporate Secretariat department.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

1
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS
The amounts contained in this report and in the financial report have 
been rounded to the nearest thousand dollars (where rounding is 
applicable) under the option available to the Group and the Company 
under ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) 
Instrument 2016/191. The Group and the Company are entities to 
which the instrument applies.

19. REMUNERATION REPORT
The Remuneration Report is attached and forms part of this report.

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board  
of directors.

Tony Bellas 
Chairman

23 August 2018

Directors’ Report
For the year ended 30 June 2018

14.  ENVIRONMENT REGULATION AND 

PERFORMANCE

The Group’s environmental regulation and performance can be found 
in the Corporate Social Responsibility Report on pages 36 to 39.

15. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF OFFICERS
Insurance and indemnity arrangements are in place for directors and 
officers of the Group. Disclosure of premiums and coverage is not 
permitted by the contract of insurance.

To the extent permitted by law, the Group indemnifies every person 
who is or has been an officer against:

• 

• 

 any liability to any person (other than the Company, related 
entities or a major shareholder) incurred whilst acting in that 
capacity and in good faith; and

 costs and expenses incurred by that person in that capacity in 
successfully defending legal proceedings and ancillary matters.

For this purpose, “officer” means any company secretary or any 
person who makes or participates in making decisions that affect the 
whole, or a substantial part of the business of the Company or Group.

16. AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under 
section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is included in the Annual 
Financial Statements which accompany this report.

17. NON AUDIT SERVICES
Non-audit services provided by the Group’s auditors 
PricewaterhouseCoopers were in relation to advice 
and certain agreed upon procedures. The directors 
are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services is 
compatible with the general standard of independence 
for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001.

Amounts received or due and receivable    
by PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia  
for non-audit services:

Other procedures in relation to the  
entity and any other entity in the 
consolidated Group

2018

2017

-

$93,328

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

2
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report
For the year ended 30 June 2018

Remuneration Report

The directors present the Remuneration Report for ERM Power 
Limited (“Company”) and its consolidated entities (“Group”) for  
the year ended 30 June 2018.

Structure of this report
The Remuneration Report is divided into the following sections:

1.  

2.  

3.  

4.  

Key Management Personnel

Remuneration governance

Senior executive remuneration framework

 FY2018 executive remuneration outcomes and the link to 
company performance 

5.   Non-executive directors’ fees

6.  

7.  

Tables for executive remuneration and equity grants 

Other remuneration disclosures

1. KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
For the purpose of this report Key Management Personnel (KMP) 
are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, 
directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or 
indirectly. They include all non-executive directors of the Board in 
addition to the following senior executives:

Jonathan (Jon) Stretch 
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer (MD & CEO)

William (Mitch) Anderson 
Executive General Manager (EGM) Business Energy (US) 

Gregg Buskey 
EGM Corporate Finance & Strategy

David Guiver 
EGM Trading

Megan Houghton 
EGM Energy Solutions

Derek McKay 
Chief Information Officer (CIO) and EGM Generation

Stephen (Steve) Rogers 
EGM Energy Retail (AU)

Alastair (James) Spence 
Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

There have been no changes to KMP from the end of the reporting 
period up to the date of this Remuneration Report.

2. REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE
The Remuneration & Nomination Committee (Committee) ensures 
that the remuneration of directors and senior executives is consistent 
with market practice and is sufficient to ensure that the Company 
can attract, develop and retain the best individuals. The Committee 
reviews the remuneration of the MD & CEO and senior executives 
against the market, and against Group and individual performance. It 
also reviews non-executive directors’ fees against the market, with 
due regard to responsibilities and demands on time.

The Committee oversees governance procedures and policy on 
remuneration including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

general remuneration practices;

performance management;

equity plans and incentive schemes; and

recruitment and termination.

Through the Committee, the Board ensures that the Group’s 
remuneration philosophy and strategy continues to be focused to:

• 

• 

• 

 attract, develop and retain first class director and  
executive talent;

 create a high performance culture by driving and rewarding 
executives for achievement of the Group’s strategy and 
business objectives; and

link incentives to the creation of shareholder value.

In undertaking its role, the Committee may seek the advice of 
external remuneration consultants who provide analysis to ensure 
remuneration levels are set to reflect the market for comparable 
roles. In reviewing remuneration levels for FY2018, the Committee 
referred to a benchmarking analysis conducted by Korn Ferry Hay 
Group Pty Ltd (KFHG) in May 2017.

Whilst KFHG did not act as a Remuneration Consultant for the 
purposes of the Corporations Amendment (Improving Accountability 
on Director and Executive Remuneration) Act 2011, it did provide 
benchmarking information and data to provide a frame of reference 
against which the committee could evaluate current remuneration 
levels for non-executive directors, the MD & CEO, and those 
executives reporting to the MD & CEO. As no “remuneration 
recommendations” were made, there is no requirement for KFHG to 
provide a declaration regarding no undue influence by members of 
the KMP to whom the reports related to.

3. SENIOR EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK
The objective of the Company’s executive remuneration framework 
is to ensure that reward for performance is competitive and 
appropriate for the results delivered. The framework aligns executive 
remuneration with the achievement of strategic objectives and the 
creation of value for shareholders, and conforms to market practice. 
The Board ensures that executive reward satisfies the following key 
criteria for good governance practices:

• 

• 

• 

• 

competitiveness and reasonableness; 

acceptability to shareholders; 

performance linkage/alignment of executive remuneration; and

transparency.

Remuneration and other terms of employment for the MD & CEO 
and the other senior executives are formalised in service agreements. 
Each of these agreements specifies the components of remuneration 
to which they are entitled and outlines base salary, the provision 
of incentives, other benefits including superannuation, salary 
continuance insurance and notice periods required on termination. 

Senior executives are remunerated by way of a mix of fixed and 
variable remuneration in a manner that motivates them to pursue 
the long term growth and success of the Group. The components of 
remuneration are:

• 

• 

• 

 base pay and benefits, including superannuation for Australian 
employees, or retirement contributions for US employees; 

short term and long term incentives; and 

other discretionary cash or equity based incentives.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report
For the year ended 30 June 2018

In accordance with the objective of ensuring that executive 
remuneration is aligned to Group performance without encouraging 
undue risk taking, a significant portion of executive’s target pay 
is at risk. The Board considers this combination an effective way 
to align incentives to shareholder value (refer section 3.2). Short 
term incentives (STIs) are focused on achieving annual profit and 
operational targets, whilst long term incentives (LTIs) are focused  
on alignment with growth in shareholder returns assessed over a 
three-year period, as well as encouraging talent retention. 

3.1    Base salary and benefits
Remuneration is reviewed annually and external remuneration 
consultants are engaged periodically to provide analysis and advice to 
ensure executive remuneration is set at levels that reflect the market 
for comparable positions. The remuneration target is for a fixed 
remuneration level around the midpoint and a total remuneration 
close to or above the 75th percentile of comparator groups on 
achieving strong performance, with flexibility to take into account 
capability, experience and value to the organisation and performance 
of the individual. Remuneration is also reviewed on promotion 
or change of role. There are no guaranteed base salary increases 
included in executive service agreements.

For Australian employees, superannuation is included in fixed 
remuneration up to the maximum superannuation contribution base 
set by the relevant legislation, while the Company contributes to the 
basic safe harbor 401K retirement plan for the Group’s US employees.

3.2    Incentive schemes
Variable remuneration is in the form of STIs and LTIs which 
represent “at risk” remuneration. STIs are generally paid annually 
against agreed Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) which are 
focused on achieving profit and operational targets set by 
the Board annually. LTIs are designed to align the interests 
of the senior executives with the Company’s shareholders, 
being accrued over a three-year period and earned through 
satisfaction of both performance and service conditions.

STIs are paid in the form of cash or equity, or a combination of these. 
LTIs are paid in the form of equity.

The trading of equities which vest under incentive schemes is 
required to comply with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy. 
This policy prohibits any employees or directors from entering into 
any scheme, arrangement or agreement under which the economic 
benefit derived by the employee or director, in relation to an equity–
based incentive award or grant made by the Company is altered, 
irrespective of the outcome under that incentive award or grant, 
other than as permitted in any approved share or option plan, or  
as authorised by the Board.

For shareholders, benefits associated with 
the incentive schemes include:

• 

• 

• 

 focus on performance improvement at all levels of the Group, 
with year-on-year earnings growth a core component;
 focus on sustained growth in shareholder wealth, consisting 
of share price growth, and delivering the greatest returns on 
assets; and
the ability to attract and retain high calibre executives.

For employees, benefits associated with the incentive schemes 
include:
• 

 provision of clear targets, stretch targets and structures  
for achieving rewards;
 recognition and reward for achievement, capability and 
experience; and 
 delivery of reward for contribution to growth in  
shareholder wealth.

• 

• 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4
4

KPIs for STI include both financial and non-financial measures using a 
balanced scorecard approach, and reflect the key measures of success 
as determined by the Board. These vary from year to year and may 
include, but are not limited to, a range of measures such as:

• 

• 

• 

 financial measures – including underlying net profit after tax 
(underlying NPAT), underlying earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation, amortisation, impairment and net fair value 
gains/losses on financial instruments designated at fair value 
through profit and loss, excluding significant items (underlying 
EBITDAF), a cash flow proxy, load, etc.;

 people, engagement and enablement measures – safety and 
environment performance measures, including lost time injury 
frequency rates, medically treated injury frequency rates and 
environmental measures; and

 strategic imperatives – focusing on major specific project goals 
for the period.

KPIs for LTI are market based – with total shareholder return (TSR) 
quantitative measures. 

Malus and Clawback

The Company has malus and clawback provisions whereby awards 
will lapse, be forfeit or a participant may be required to reimburse the 
Company all or part of the cash received as net proceeds on the sale 
of any award if, in the opinion of the Board:

• 

• 

• 

 a participant is found to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly 
or is in material breach of obligations to the Group;

 the Company becomes aware of a material misstatement or 
omission in the financial statements in relation to the Group; 
or

 any circumstances occur that the Board determines in good 
faith to have resulted in an unfair benefit to the participant.

3.2.1   Short term incentives 
STIs are provided to most employees. The awarding of STIs is based 
on performance against KPIs or targets across three components; 
individual, team and corporate. Each of these components is 
allocated a weighting and include both targets and stretch targets 
that are set at the beginning of each financial year. The MD & CEO’s 
targets and the corporate targets are set by the Board, whilst the 
individual and team targets are set under the direction of the MD & 
CEO. The Committee is responsible for determining the STI to be 
awarded based on an assessment of whether the KPIs are met. To 
assist in this assessment, the Committee receives detailed reports on 
performance from management. The Committee has the discretion 
to not award and to adjust STIs downwards in light of unexpected or 
unintended circumstances.

At the end of each financial year, achievement of targets is measured 
and applied against the target participation rate determined for each 
individual. These participation rates range between 10% and 40% of 
annual average base salary, with the potential to achieve up to 150% 
of these levels (i.e. 15% to 60%) for employees other than the MD & 
CEO and CFO, whose maximum participation rate for the FY2018 STI 
was 150% and 112.5% respectively. STI awards may be offered by way 
of cash and/or equity at the election of the Board. Any equity award 
normally vests immediately. 

The following apply to STI in the event of cessation of employment:

• 

• 

 Termination (without cause) - entitlement to pro rata STI for 
the year is subject to Board discretion. 

Termination (with cause) - STI is not awarded.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.2.2   Long term incentives
The provision of LTI awards exposes executive KMP to long-term 
movements in the price of the Company’s shares, by aligning the 
long-term interests of executives with shareholders through the use 
of a Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance hurdle. This reflects 
the Company’s strategy of adopting a long-term approach to decision 
making and sustained value creation for shareholders.

For Australian employees, up to and including FY2018 LTIs 
were provided to selected employees in the form of units in the 
Company’s Employee Share Trust (EST) as established in 2010. 
The corresponding equity is issued into the EST and units may 
vest subject to satisfaction of performance and service conditions. 
During the vesting period, the units are held beneficially on behalf of 
the participants, and thus the participant enjoys many of the same 
benefits as the holder of ordinary shares; with entitlement to any 
dividends that may be awarded and the right to direct the trustee 
as to how to cast their vote at a meeting of members, although 
participants are not eligible for the Dividend Reinvestment Plan. 
These benefits formed part of the employees’ total remuneration 
package and are taken into account during annual remuneration 
reviews. From FY2019 Australian LTI will be awarded by way of 
Performance Rights which do not carry voting rights nor will they 
have any entitlement to dividends. 

For US employees, a “Phantom Equity Plan” emulates, as much as 
possible, the Australian LTI plan, however no equity is actually issued. 
US participants are given an award of “phantom shares”, based on 
the relevant ASX:EPW market value of shares as at the grant date. 
The number of phantom shares will convert to a cash salary payment 
after the expiry of the performance period at which time the value 
to be paid is determined based on the market value of shares at the 
end of the performance period, with the same performance and 
service criteria as Australian participants. No dividends, dividend 
equivalent cash salary payments or voting rights are associated with 
the phantom shares.

Early vesting may occur on a change of control of the Company or 
the Company’s US business, as relevant. A change of control for the 
Company is determined as a material change in the composition of 
the Board initiated as a result of a change of ownership of shares 
and the purchaser of the shares requiring (or agreeing with other 
shareholders to require) that change in Board composition, or in 
other circumstances that the Board determines appropriate. 

The following will apply to unvested LTI awards 
on termination of employment:

Circumstance

Potential benefit/treatment

Death, serious injury, disability or serious illness that 
results in the employee leaving ERM Power “early”. 

All LTI will vest.

Resignation or termination for cause.   

All LTI will be forfeit.

Redundancy, retirement or termination  
by mutual agreement. 

The Board will determine if the unvested LTI will continue to be held from the date 
the participant’s employment ceases to the date at which the relevant LTI award 
vesting is determined, subject to any other vesting conditions (and subject to limits 
outlined in the Corporations Act 2001 as they relate to Termination Payments).

LTI issues made in the reporting period will vest subject to continuation of employment for the three-year performance period and total TSR 
performance. The TSR vesting condition will be determined by the Company’s relative TSR performance over the three-year period commencing 
1 July, measured against the TSR performance of a comparator group being those companies in the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) ASX 300 index at 
the beginning of the performance period. At the end of the three-year period, vesting is determined on the following basis:

• 
• 
• 

Less than or equal to 50th percentile = 0%
 Greater than 50th to less than the 75th percentile = 50% to 100% (linear)
75th percentile and higher = 100%.

The performance hurdle will only be satisfied where the TSR value is positive, and if the TSR value is negative the LTI will not vest.

The Committee is responsible for assessing performance and the LTIs to successfully vest. To assist in this assessment, the Committee receives 
detailed independent reports from Orient Capital Pty Ltd calculating the TSR performance and ranking against the comparator group.

4.  FY2018 SENIOR EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION OUTCOMES AND THE LINK TO COMPANY PERFORMANCE
4.1    Senior executive remuneration mix
For FY2018, the remuneration for senior executives was reviewed in June 2017 in the context of the benchmarking report of May 2017. 

Consistent with the process for other employees, fixed remuneration was increased by CPI for most of the other senior executives; however  
a review of each individual’s experience, performance and alignment with comparative roles resulted in some receiving a higher increase.

Table 4.1 sets out the current named senior executives’ target remuneration mix for FY2018. It reflects the STI opportunity available if the 
performance conditions were satisfied at target, and the value of the LTI as determined by the 10-day volume weighted average price (VWAP) 
of the Company’s shares as awarded at the beginning of the period. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report
For the year ended 30 June 2018

Table 4.1   FY2018 Senior executive target remuneration mix

Base pay and superannuation  
or retirement benefit

Target short  
term incentive

Target long  
term incentive

Total target 
remuneration

MD & CEO

CFO

Other senior executives 

37%

40%

57%

36%

30%

16%

27%

30%

27%

100%

100%

100%

ERM Power aims to align senior executive remuneration to strategic and business objectives and the creation of shareholder wealth. There 
will not always be a direct correlation between the statutory key performance measures and total variable remuneration awarded to senior 
executives due to the remuneration mix (see Table 4.1), which consists of a mixed focus on annual profit, operational targets, people and 
engagement goals set by the Board, and the ranking of TSR performance against peers.

4.2    Short term incentives
ERM Power has a stated and agreed corporate strategy from which the Company’s FY2018 Balanced Scorecard was derived. The scorecard has 
three dimensions:

• 

• 

• 

people – engagement and enablement; 

financial and operational; and

strategic imperatives.

The below measures are assessed based on outcomes for FY2018 and an achievement % is allocated, with the achievement % scaled from a 
threshold of 80% of target against each measure. A 0% outcome is assigned if the achievement is below 80% of target and a maximum outcome 
of 150% of the base weighting is possible for target overachievement.

Table 4.2   FY2018 Corporate targets – Balanced scorecard

Measure

Target

Weighting

Achievement

Outcome

Commentary

People — engagement and enablement

Collaboration 

Learning & 
Development

Financial and Operational

Improve by  
five points1

100% completed plans

10%

10%

71

15%

·   Outcome reflects exceedance  

of targets

100%

15%

Load AU & US 

26.5TWh

10%

19.2TWh2

10%

·   Achievement reflects continuing 

operations only. Outcome is 
moderated for US performance.

Underlying NPAT

$13.0m

20%

$30.2m2

20%

·   Achievement reflects continuing 

Cash proxy  
(EBITAF-capex- 
finance costs) 

Strategic Imperatives3

Group 

Medium-term growth  
drivers in key divisions 

$20.7m

10%

$39.9m2

10%

·   Achievement reflects continuing 

operations only. Outcome is 
moderated for US performance.

operations only. Outcome is 
moderated for US performance.

Positioned to budget 
growth in key financial 
metrics FY20193

Positioned to deliver key 
commercial targets and 
outcomes3 

15%

Target met

15%

·   Key strategic programs underway 

positioning business well 

25%

Targets met 

25%

·  Achieved

Totals

100%

110%

1  Hay Group Employee Engagement and Enablement Survey, February 2017 and Pulse surveys FY2018
2  Assessment adjusted for discontinued businesses. Outcome reflects outperformance of the continuing business
3  Specific target commercially sensitive

For senior executives, the awarding of STIs is weighted evenly based on performance against the individual’s targets and the corporate targets 
shown above, other than the MD & CEO whose STI is based on the corporate target alone. The table below provides details of the STI outcomes 
for current executive KMP in the reporting period and the comparatives for the FY2017 STI. Payment of the STI is at the Board’s discretion. 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 4.3  STI Achievement

Jon Stretch

Mitch Anderson

Gregg Buskey

David Guiver

Megan Houghton

Derek McKay

Steve Rogers

James Spence

Actual

110%

0%

36%

38%

37%

37%

34%

86%

FY2018 STI1

Target

100%

Maximum

150%

Actual

120%

FY2017 STI1

Target

100%

Maximum

150%

30%

30%

30%

30%

30%

30%

75%

45%

45%

45%

45%

45%

45%

112.5%

26%

39%

40%

36%

37%

35%

90%

30%

30%

30%

30%

30%

30%

75%

45%

45%

45%

45%

45%

45%

112.5%

1  Percentage of base salary, other than for James Spence, which is a percentage of fixed annual remuneration (base salary plus superannuation)

4.3   Long term incentives
The table below shows the Group’s financial performance over the last five financial years as required by the Corporations Act 2001,  
together with the proportion of performance-based LTI vesting metric which is designed to align the interests of senior executives to the 
Company’s shareholders. 

Table 4.4   Shareholder wealth financial data

Revenue and other income

EBITDAF2

Statutory NPAT3 attributable to equity holders

Underlying NPAT4

Basic (loss) / earnings per share

Underlying (loss) / earnings per share

Dividend per share 

Closing share price at 30 June

3 year Total Shareholder Return5

LTI vesting

Year ended 
30-Jun-18

Year ended 
30-Jun-17

Year ended 
30-Jun-16

Year ended 
30-Jun-15

Year ended 
30-Jun-14

Actual

3,280.61

Actual

2,790.21

Actual

2,763.3

Actual

2,316.4

Actual

2,076.5

97.51

(80.7)

30.21

(32.9)

12.31

7.5

1.48

(29.8)

0.0

78.21

(1.1)

(16.1)1

(0.4)

(6.6)1

7.0

1.20

(18.4)

0.0

68.4

35.8

19.2

14.8

7.9

12.0

0.84

(51.2)

0.0

81.5

65.9

32.3

27.4

13.4

12.0

2.32

47.4

100.0

67.9

(23.9)

26.3

(10.6)

11.6

12.0

1.82

32.8

77.9

$m

$m

$m

$m

cents

cents

cents

$

%

%

1   Excludes discontinued operations.
2     Earnings before net interest costs, tax, depreciation, amortisation, impairment and net fair value gains / losses on financial instruments designated at fair value through profit and loss. 

EBITDAF excludes any profit or loss from associates. 

3  Statutory net profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company.
4 

 Underlying NPAT excludes the after tax effect of unrealised marked to market changes in the fair value of financial instruments, impairment and gains / losses on onerous contracts and 
other significant items. Underlying NPAT excludes any profit or loss from associates.
 TSR outcomes are provided by an external supplier. The basic calculation of TSR is: 

TSR = (end average share price x re-investment factor) - 1 x 100

5 

 Average share prices are based on a 60 trading day volume weighted average price (VWAP). All share prices (and dividends) used are adjusted prices, which take into account the impact of 
any capital changes such as return of capital dividend, rights and bonus issues. The re-investment factor represents the cumulative number of shares held at the end of the performance 
period. It commences with a notional shareholding of one share and assumes dividends are reinvested during the performance period, resulting in a notional shareholding of greater than 
one share at the end of the performance period (assuming dividends are paid in the period). Franking credits are excluded from TSR calculations.

  start average share price

Table 6.2 details the LTI equity performance based remuneration allocated, forfeited and vested to KMP in during the reporting period.  
For accounting purposes, LTIs equity are is shown at fair value as determined by the accounting standards and expensed over the  
performance period.

• 

• 

• 

 The LTI which was awarded in FY2015 for which the three-year performance period expired on 30 June 2017 was forfeited during the 
period. The three-year performance period had been significantly affected by the falls in the Company’s share price in October 2015 and 
June 2016. 

 In August 2018 the Committee determined the FY2016 LTI for which the three-year performance period expired on 30 June 2018 will also 
be forfeited, which result will be shown in FY2019 Remuneration Report.

 LTI granted during the period - The FY2018 LTI target rate determined for each individual is based on a percentage of annual salary, and 
for the reporting period it was based on awards of 75% for the MD & CEO as approved by shareholders at the 2017 AGM, 75% for the CFO 
and 50% for other executive KMP. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report
For the year ended 30 June 2018

5. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ FEES
Fees are determined by the demands on, and responsibilities of directors and are reviewed annually by the Board. Independent advice may 
be sought from remuneration consultants to ensure directors’ fees are appropriate and in line with the market. The last review of fees was 
conducted in May 2015. Non-executive directors’ fees are determined within an aggregate fee pool limit of $1,100,000, an amount approved 
by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on 31 October 2013. Any director who devotes special attention to the business of the 
Company, or who otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the directors are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director, 
or who at the request of the directors engage in any journey on the business of the Company, may be paid extra remuneration as determined by 
the directors which will not form part of the aggregate fee pool limit above. Non-executive directors do not receive any performance-related 
remuneration or retirement allowances outside of statutory superannuation entitlements. 

Fees received by each non-executive director comprise a base fee together with additional fees dependent on the various offices they hold as 
set out in Table 5.1, with superannuation contributions made at the rates and limits prescribed from time to time by legislation.

Table 5.1   Non-executive director fees (excluding superannuation)

Fee type

Chair

Non-executive directors 

Deputy Chair (in addition to above fee)

Additional fees 

Strategy Lead

Audit & Risk Committee - chair

Audit & Risk Committee - member 

Remuneration & Nomination Committee - chair

Remuneration & Nomination Committee - member 

Representation on non-wholly owned subsidiary Boards

FY2018

FY2017

$

190,000

108,000

30,000

25,000

20,000

10,000

10,000

5,000

$

190,000

108,000

30,000

25,000

20,000

10,000

10,000

5,000

25,000 each

25,000 each

Although there have been no increases in base or additional fees since FY2015, the change from the prior year in individual directors’ cash salary 
and fees reflect the change in committee composition. On 26 October 2016 Tony Iannello assumed the chair of the Audit & Risk Committee, 
whilst Tony Bellas assumed the chair vacated by Tony Iannello on the Remuneration & Nomination Committee.

The accounting value of fees paid to each non-executive director is shown in Table 5.2.

Table 5.2   Accounting value of non-executive director fees

Short-term benefits

Post-employment 
benefits

Cash salary and 
fees ($)

Non-monetary 
benefits1 ($)

Superannuation  
entitlement ($)

Total 
remuneration  
per income 
statement ($)

210,000

208,413

123,000

123,000

128,276

87,257

133,000

131,413

108,964

-

16,083

191,413

108,000

108,000

827,323

892,246

7,939

8,795

-

-

979

1,800

-

1,080

-

-

933

13,243

-

-

9,851

24,918

19,950

19,799

11,685

11,685

934

934

12,635

12,484

10,352

-

1,528

18,184

10,260

10,260

67,344

77,407

237,889

237,007

134,685

134,685

130,189

89,991

145,635

144,977

119,316

-

18,544

222,840

118,260

118,260

904,518

994,571

Notes:

1   

 Non-monetary benefits 
include foreign tax advice, 
health assessments, car 
parking benefits and 
associated FBT related items.

2  Appointed 26 October 2016.

3  Appointed 14 July 2017.

4  Resigned 14 July 2017.

Tony Bellas

Albert Goller

Georganne Hodges2

Tony Iannello

Philip St Baker3

Trevor St Baker4

Wayne St Baker

Total 

FY

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

8
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
y
r
a
t
n
e
m
e
p
p
u
S

l

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
e
m
o
c
n
I
n

i

d
e
s
n
e
p
x
E

s
t
fi
e
n
e
b
m
r
e
t
g
n
o
L

s
t
fi
e
n
e
b
m
r
e
t
t
r
o
h
S

.
s
e
t
o
n
1
.
6
e
b
a
t

l

r
o
f
2
5
e
g
a
p
o
t

r
e
f
e
R

.
)
2
5
e
g
a
p
n
o
s
e
t
o
n
e
e
s
(
d
o
i
r
e
p

,
s
d
r
a
d
n
a
t
s
g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a
e
h
t

f
o
s
t
n
e
m
e
r
i
u
q
e
r
e
h
t
h
t
i
w
e
c
n
a
d
r
o
c
c
a
n

i

d
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
d
o
i
r
e
p
g
n
i
t
r
o
p
e
r

i

s
u
o
v
e
r
p
d
n
a
t
n
e
r
r
u
c

t
a
h
t
n

i

i

P
M
K
e
h
t
y
b
d
e
v
e
c
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
d
e
t
s
e
v
f
o
e
u
a
v
e
h
t

l

i

t
c
e
fl
e
r
o
t
d
e
d
v
o
r
p
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

y
r
a
t
n
e
m
e
p
p
u
s
h
t
i
w

e
h
t

r
o
f
P
M
K
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
s
’
p
u
o
r
G
e
h
t

r
o
f
d
e
s
i
n
g
o
c
e
r
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
e
h
t

f
o
s
l
i

a
t
e
d
s
w
o
h
s
e
b
a
t
g
n
w
o

l

i

l
l

o
f
e
h
T

I

I

S
T
N
A
R
G
Y
T
U
Q
E
D
N
A
N
O
T
A
R
E
N
U
M
E
R
E
V
T
U
C
E
X
E
R
O
F
S
E
L
B
A
T

I

.

6

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
P
M
K
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E

1
.
6
e
b
a
T

l

2
5
7
,
4
5
5

2
6
0
,
7
1
0
,
1

9
5
0
2
5

,

9
5
0
2
5

,

6
1
0
,
1
4
7

,

4
3
6
0
0
6

2
0
1
,
9
5
5

4
4
6
2
3
4

,

9
7
7
,
9
8
5

,

7
0
0
2
0
4

9
3
7
,
4
9
5

6
4
4
,
1
5
2

0
0
4
4
7
6

,

3
8
3
0
7
4

,

8
6
5
,
7
1
5

6
6
3
9
8
3

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

c

0
8
5

,
1
4
1

)
0
6
5
0
5
1
(

,

-

)
3
9
4
4
1
3
(

,

e
1
5
3

,

2
4
1

,

)
3
7
9
5
6
2
(

-

)
3
4
4
9
2
2
(

,

e
1
5
0
,
1
5
1

)
6
3
8
9
4
3
(

,

-

)
8
6
1
,
9
0
3
(

8
8
8
6
9

,

e
4
0
0
4
8

,

)
4
3
3

,

6
7
2
(

-

-

-

-

-

-

)
4
4
8
,
1
6
1
(

e
9
9
4
4
6
1

,

,

)
1
6
0
4
4
3
(

-

,

)
5
1
0
3
4
3
(

e
2
7
6
6
2
1

,

,

)
5
5
5
0
6
2
(

-

,

)
7
4
4
2
8
2
(

e
0
0
0
0
5
4

,

,

)
0
7
9
2
3
6
(

-

,

)
5
7
9
4
2
6
(

6
6
3

,

6
1
7
,
1

-

e
7
5
8
8
6
8

,

)
2
1
5

,

2
7
2

,
1
(

,

3
0
9
0
1
4
,
1

,

1
0
0
0
0
6

-

)
2
4
7
,
6
5
2
,
1
(

l

a
t
o
T

d
e
t
s
e
v

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

m
r
e
t

y
t
i
u
q
e

g
n
i
t
s
e
v

g
n
o
L
:

d
d
A

9
r
a
e
y

t
n
e
r
r
u
c

I

T
S

:

d
d
A

n

i

g
n
i
t
s
e
v

:
s
s
e
L

s
l
a
u
r
c
c
a

g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
A

l

a
t
o
T

e
m
o
c
n

i
r
e
p

8
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

,

1
2
0
0
2
1
,
2

4
4
6
,
7
6
0
2

,

6
9
9
9
4
7

,

7
2
1
,
5
1
9

4
2
7
,

2
8
6

7
8
0
2
6
6

,

4
6
5
8
8
7

,

5
7
1
,
1
1
7

1
8
1
,
0
9
6

0
9
2
3
1
4

,

,

2
6
9
3
5
8

8
9
3

,

3
1
8

1
5
4
,
1
5
6

3
1
8
,
1
7
6

3
7
9
,
7
4
1
,
1

8
6
6
,
7
2
1
,
1

L
S
L

l

a
u
r
c
c
A

-

-

0
8
7
,
1

2
9
5
,
1

9
9
9
3
1

,

0
0
5

,

5
1

7
6
7

4
8
4

7
5
1
,
9
1

1
7
3

,

6
1

3
5
8
4
1

,

2
5
6

,

2
5

5
3
9
6
0
1

,

9
4
0
0
2

,

4
6
2
9
5
1

,

7
0
9
6
1

,

3
7
9
9
4

,

2
9
0
6
9

,

6
1
6
9
1

,

0
5
0
,
1
5
1

5
2
9
0
0
1

,

4
7
3
8
2

,

9
4
0
0
2

,

7
0
7
,
4
4
1

6
6
6
2
7

,

-

8
6
9
3
1

,

3
0
0
4
8

,

-

-

-

-

1
1
8
9
1

,

)
3
6
4
2
(

,

5
6
9
4

,

3
8
6
5

,

)
7
0
1
,
2
1
(

4
0
8
3
4

,

5
1
1
,
2
0
1

9
4
0
0
2

,

,

9
1
9
3
2
1

8
5
5
3
1

,

3
7
9
9
4

,

4
9
8
4
9

,

6
1
6
9
1

,

2
7
6
6
2
1

,

3
5
9

0
9
9

2
1
1
,
1
1

9
8
5

,

6
7
1

9
4
0
0
2

,

4
7
1
,
1
4
4

4
5
3

,

3
6

,

1
1
4
2
1
1

6
1
6
9
1

,

0
0
0
0
5
4

,

3
7
9
9
4

,

1
5
1
,
7
3
1

6
1
6
9
1

,

8
9
4
4
6
1

,

-

-

-

-

-

7
0
5

,

6

)
4
6
(

4
2
6
,
7

3
1
9

)
5
2
8
,
1
2
(

4
0
8
3
4

,

2
7
1
,
5
2
1

9
4
0
0
2

,

3
7
6
,
7
6
1

2
8
6
,
7
2

)
9
8
5

,

6
(

0
6
3
0
1
1

,

6
1
6
9
1

,

0
5
3

,

2
4
1

7
2
3

,

6
4

)
6
6
0
,
7
3
(

-

-

-

-

8
7
8
4

,

,

7
5
2
0
0
3

6
1
6
9
1

,

,

1
6
4
6
3
9

3
1
7
,
7

-

,

3
6
9
8
3
3

9
4
0
0
2

,

,

8
1
8
5
4
8

7
4
3
9
5

,

0
8
6
3
2

,

r
e
h
t
O

y
t
i
u
q
e

d
e
s
a
b

7
s
t
fi
e
n
e
b

m
r
e
t

-
g
n
o
L

n
a
P

l

e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

-
t
s
o
P

l

-
y
o
p
m
e

t
n
e
m

6
s
t
fi
e
n
e
b

5
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n

i

m
r
e
t
-
t
r
o
h
S

r
e
h
t
O

4
s
t
fi
e
n
e
B

3
l
a
u
r
c
c
a

d
n
a
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b

e
v
a
e

l
l

a
u
n
n
a

y
r
a
t
e
n
o
m
n
o
N

1
5
3

,

5
8
1

1
4
1
,
4
1

3
8
4
5
4
1

,

1
8
2

,

3
0
1

9
4
0
0
2

,

7
8
8
3
4
1

,

-

-

6
9
6

,

2
3
1

0
0
2
4
1

,

-

6
5
3
,
7
1

3
4
7
,
6
1

8
0
9
2
3

,

8
2
9
5
1

,

8
0
5

,

6

e
s
a
B

2
h
s
a
c

-
y
r
a
a
s

l

4
8
3
0
3
8

,

4
8
3
0
8
7

,

6
3
8
2
5
5

,

4
2
2
4
5
5

,

0
0
0
5
9
3

,

0
0
0
5
6
3

,

0
0
0
5
1
4

,

0
0
0
0
8
3

,

,

4
9
3
0
9
3

6
8
4
6
3
2

,

4
1
0
,
7
5
4

4
1
6
,
7
4
4

4
6
1
,
7
6
3

4
6
1
,
7
6
3

,

2
7
4
0
9
4

,

4
8
3
0
8
4

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

$
A

8
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

)
6
1
0
2
v
o
N

1
2
n
o
t
n
e
m
t
n
o
p
p
a

i

n
o
t
g
u
o
H
n
a
g
e
M

P
M
K
r
o
f

r
a
e
y
-
t
r
a
p
7
1
0
2
(

y
a
K
c
M
k
e
r
e
D

s
r
e
g
o
R
e
v
e
t
S

e
c
n
e
p
S
s
e
m
a
J

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

9
4

y
e
k
s
u
B
g
g
e
r
G

i

r
e
v
u
G
d
v
a
D

i

1

n
o
s
r
e
d
n
A
h
c
t
i

M

h
c
t
e
r
t
S
n
o
J

)

O
E
C
&
D
M

(

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report
For the year ended 30 June 2018

Table 6.2   Terms and conditions of 
equity grants and long term benefits 
The terms and conditions of each grant of a 
cash bonus, performance-related bonus or 
share-based compensation benefit affecting 
compensation of disclosed executives in the 
current or a future reporting period, and the 
maximum value of the grant that may vest in 
future financial years is shown below: 

Refer to page 52 for table 6.2 notes

Award1

Service and 
performance 
criteria

Grant date

Nature of 
compensation2

Jon Stretch

FY2017 STI

Note 4

27/10/2017

FY2015 LTI

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

Note 5

30/10/2015

Note 6

30/10/2015

Note 7

26/10/2016

FY2018 LTI

Note 8

23/10/2017

Mitch Anderson

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Cash

FY2015 LTI

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

FY2018 LTI

Note 5

13/11/2014

Units in EST

Note 6

14/03/2016

Phantom Shares

Note 7

Note 8

7/07/2016

Phantom Shares

1/07/2017

Phantom Shares

Gregg Buskey

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

FY2015 LTI

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

FY2018 LTI

Note 5

13/11/2014

Note 6

Note 7

Note 8

8/07/2015

1/07/2016

1/07/2017

David Guiver

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Retention

Note 9

19/08/2013

Performance Rights

FY2015 LTI

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

FY2018 LTI

Note 5

13/11/2014

Note 6

Note 7

Note 8

8/07/2015

1/07/2016

1/07/2017

Megan Houghton

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

Note 10

24/11/2016

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Commencement 
Award (1)

Commencement 
Award (2)

Note 10

24/11/2016

Units in EST

A $96,888 

 $1.11 

 87,681 

 87,681 

2019

A $20,185 

FY2018 LTI

Note 8

1/07/2017

Derek McKay

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

FY2015 LTI

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

Note 5

13/11/2014

Note 6

Note 7

8/07/2015

1/07/2016

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Retention

Note 9

24/09/2014

Performance Rights

FY2018 LTI

Note 8

1/07/2017

Steve Rogers

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

FY2015 LTI

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

Note 5

13/11/2014

Note 6

Note 7

8/07/2015

1/07/2016

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Retention

Note 9

24/09/2014

Performance Rights

FY2018 LTI

Note 8

1/07/2017

James Spence

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

Commencement 
Award (2)

Note 11

13/08/2015

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

FY2018 LTI

Note 6

13/08/2015

Note 7

Note 8

1/07/2016

1/07/2017

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

0
5

Fair Value at  

Grant Date

Equity balance 

at the start of 

% Granted as 

compensation

the year

Vested

Forfeit Equity balance 

Financial 

Maximum 

at the end of 

the year

Year 

award 

remaining value 

of award that 

may vest

may vest3 

Unvested Number

% Number

% Number

%

Unvested

Total

per 

unit

A $868,857 

 $1.29 

 - 

 676,048 

100%  676,048 

100%

 517,309 

100%

100%

100%

 253,980 

 633,361 

2020

A $194,902 

 517,309 

A $263,181 

 140,057 

100%

 126,683 

100%

 91,334 

100%

 54,059 

100%

US $256,174 

 $1.09 

-

 234,083 

100%

A $142,351 

 $1.39 

 - 

 102,766 

100%  102,766 

100%

A $103,352 

 $0.63 

-

 164,051 

100%

A $151,051 

 $1.39 

 - 

 109,046 

100%  109,046 

100%

A $108,585 

 $0.63 

A $84,004 

 $1.39 

 172,357 

100%

 60,644 

100%

 60,644 

100%

A $96,888 

 $1.11 

 87,681 

 87,681 

100%

A $159,665 

 $1.14 

 140,057 

A $320,015 

 $1.26 

 253,980 

A $430,685 

 $0.68 

 633,361 

A $331,078 

 $0.64 

US $109,767 

 N/A 

A $145,685 

 $1.15 

US $60,598 

 $0.59 

US $349,163 

 $1.77 

 - 

-

 126,683 

 101,949 

 197,490 

A $105,034 

 $1.15 

A $108,376 

 $1.44 

 91,334 

 75,261 

A $112,569 

 $0.57 

 197,490 

A $250,000 

 $2.71 

A $62,168 

 $1.15 

A $110,254 

 $1.44 

 92,285 

 54,059 

 76,565 

A $117,195 

 $0.57 

 205,606 

-

 - 

-

 - 

-

 - 

 114,997 

 93,342 

 242,190 

 140,057 

 54,059 

 76,565 

 198,661 

 140,057 

A $102,147 

 $0.63 

A $164,499 

 $1.39 

A $132,247 

 $1.15 

A $134,412 

 $1.44 

A $138,048 

 $0.57 

A $250,002 

 $1.79 

A $119,578 

 $0.63 

A $126,672 

 $1.39 

A $62,168 

 $1.15 

A $110,254 

 $1.44 

A $113,237 

 $0.57 

A $250,002 

 $1.79 

A $96,069 

 $0.63 

-

 152,490 

100%

A $450,000 

 $1.39 

 - 

 324,863 

100%  324,863  100%

A $52,059 

 $2.22 

 23,450 

 23,450 

100%

A $122,234 

 $1.39 

 87,938 

A $231,307 

 $0.57 

 405,801 

A $200,366 

 $0.63 

-

 318,042 

100%

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 101,949 

 197,490 

 234,083 

 75,261 

 197,490 

 164,051 

 92,285 

 76,565 

 205,606 

 172,357 

 93,342 

 242,190 

 140,057 

 189,806 

 76,565 

 198,661 

 140,057 

 152,490 

 87,938 

 405,801 

 318,042 

2020

US $203,495 

US $200,745 

2020

A $40,288 

2018

2018

2019

2021

2018

2018

2019

2021

2018

2018

2019

2021

2018

2019

2018

2019

2020

2021

2018

2018

2021

2018

2018

2019

2020

2020

2021

2018

2018

2019

2020

2020

2021

2018

2018

2019

2020

2021

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

US $- 

A $- 

US $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $74,643 

A $- 

A $4,167 

A $41,943 

A $78,423 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $49,407 

A $67,917 

A $86,362 

A $40,527 

A $67,917 

A $69,383 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $82,784 

A $144,709 

 162,138 

100%

 118,755 

100%

 118,755 

100%

 114,997 

100%

 162,138 

A $73,773 

 189,806 

100%

 91,447 

100%

 91,447 

100%

 54,059 

100%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FY2015 LTI

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

Note 5

30/10/2015

Note 6

30/10/2015

Note 7

26/10/2016

FY2018 LTI

Note 8

23/10/2017

Mitch Anderson

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

Note 5

13/11/2014

Units in EST

Note 6

14/03/2016

Phantom Shares

Note 7

Note 8

7/07/2016

Phantom Shares

1/07/2017

Phantom Shares

Note 5

13/11/2014

Note 6

Note 7

Note 8

8/07/2015

1/07/2016

1/07/2017

Note 5

13/11/2014

Note 6

Note 7

Note 8

8/07/2015

1/07/2016

1/07/2017

Retention

Note 9

19/08/2013

Performance Rights

FY2015 LTI

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

FY2018 LTI

FY2015 LTI

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

FY2018 LTI

FY2015 LTI

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

FY2018 LTI

Award (1)

Award (2)

Megan Houghton

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

Award1

Service and 

performance 

criteria

Grant date

Nature of 

compensation2

Fair Value at  
Grant Date

Equity balance 
at the start of 
the year

% Granted as 
compensation

Vested

Forfeit Equity balance 
at the end of 
the year

Total

per 
unit

Unvested Number

% Number

% Number

%

Unvested

Financial 
Year 
award 
may vest

Maximum 
remaining value 
of award that 
may vest3 

Jon Stretch

FY2017 STI

Note 4

27/10/2017

A $868,857 

 $1.29 

 - 

 676,048 

100%  676,048 

100%

A $159,665 

 $1.14 

 140,057 

A $320,015 

 $1.26 

 253,980 

A $430,685 

 $0.68 

 633,361 

A $331,078 

 $0.64 

US $109,767 

 N/A 

A $145,685 

 $1.15 

US $60,598 

 $0.59 

US $349,163 

 $1.77 

 - 

-

 126,683 

 101,949 

 197,490 

 517,309 

100%

100%

100%

Gregg Buskey

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

A $142,351 

 $1.39 

 - 

 102,766 

100%  102,766 

100%

US $256,174 

 $1.09 

-

 234,083 

100%

David Guiver

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

A $151,051 

 $1.39 

 - 

 109,046 

100%  109,046 

100%

A $105,034 

 $1.15 

A $108,376 

 $1.44 

 91,334 

 75,261 

A $112,569 

 $0.57 

 197,490 

A $103,352 

 $0.63 

-

 164,051 

100%

Commencement 

Note 10

24/11/2016

A $96,888 

 $1.11 

 87,681 

 87,681 

100%

A $250,000 

 $2.71 

A $62,168 

 $1.15 

A $110,254 

 $1.44 

 92,285 

 54,059 

 76,565 

A $117,195 

 $0.57 

 205,606 

A $108,585 

 $0.63 

A $84,004 

 $1.39 

-

 - 

 172,357 

100%

 60,644 

100%

 60,644 

100%

 140,057 

100%

 126,683 

100%

 91,334 

100%

 54,059 

100%

 - 

 - 

 253,980 

2018

2018

2019

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

 633,361 

2020

A $194,902 

 517,309 

 - 

 - 

 101,949 

 197,490 

 234,083 

 - 

 - 

 75,261 

 197,490 

 164,051 

 - 

 92,285 

 - 

 76,565 

 205,606 

 172,357 

 - 

 - 

2021

2018

2018

2019

A $263,181 

US $- 

A $- 

US $- 

2020

US $203,495 

2021

2018

2018

2019

US $200,745 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

2020

A $40,288 

2021

2018

2019

2018

2019

2020

2021

2018

2018

A $74,643 

A $- 

A $4,167 

A $- 

A $- 

A $41,943 

A $78,423 

A $- 

A $- 

Commencement 

Note 10

24/11/2016

Units in EST

A $96,888 

 $1.11 

 87,681 

 87,681 

2019

A $20,185 

FY2018 LTI

Note 8

1/07/2017

Derek McKay

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

FY2015 LTI

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

Note 5

13/11/2014

Note 6

Note 7

8/07/2015

1/07/2016

FY2018 LTI

Note 8

1/07/2017

Steve Rogers

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

FY2015 LTI

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

Note 5

13/11/2014

Note 6

Note 7

8/07/2015

1/07/2016

Retention

Note 9

24/09/2014

Performance Rights

Retention

Note 9

24/09/2014

Performance Rights

A $102,147 

 $0.63 

A $164,499 

 $1.39 

A $132,247 

 $1.15 

A $134,412 

 $1.44 

A $138,048 

 $0.57 

A $250,002 

 $1.79 

A $119,578 

 $0.63 

A $126,672 

 $1.39 

A $62,168 

 $1.15 

A $110,254 

 $1.44 

A $113,237 

 $0.57 

A $250,002 

 $1.79 

-

 - 

 114,997 

 93,342 

 242,190 

 140,057 

-

 - 

 54,059 

 76,565 

 198,661 

 140,057 

 162,138 

100%

 118,755 

100%

 118,755 

100%

 114,997 

100%

 189,806 

100%

 91,447 

100%

 91,447 

100%

 54,059 

100%

FY2018 LTI

Note 8

1/07/2017

A $96,069 

 $0.63 

-

 152,490 

100%

James Spence

FY2017 STI

Note 4

15/09/2017

A $450,000 

 $1.39 

 - 

 324,863 

100%  324,863  100%

Commencement 

Note 11

13/08/2015

A $52,059 

 $2.22 

 23,450 

 23,450 

100%

Award (2)

FY2016 LTI

FY2017 LTI

FY2018 LTI

Note 6

13/08/2015

Note 7

Note 8

1/07/2016

1/07/2017

A $122,234 

 $1.39 

 87,938 

A $231,307 

 $0.57 

 405,801 

A $200,366 

 $0.63 

-

 318,042 

100%

 162,138 

 - 

 - 

 93,342 

 242,190 

 140,057 

 189,806 

 - 

 - 

 76,565 

 198,661 

 140,057 

 152,490 

 - 

 - 

 87,938 

 405,801 

 318,042 

2021

2018

2018

2019

2020

2020

2021

2018

2018

2019

2020

2020

2021

2018

2018

2019

2020

2021

A $73,773 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $49,407 

A $67,917 

A $86,362 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $40,527 

A $67,917 

A $69,383 

A $- 

A $- 

A $- 

A $82,784 

A $144,709 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

1
5

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Cash

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

Units in EST

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report
For the year ended 30 June 2018

Notes for Table 6.1:

Notes for Table 6.2:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

 Transferred to US on 1 February 2015 with relocation expenses 
met by the Group. Existing LTI awards will continue to be 
expensed in Australia, whilst new LTI awards under the 
Phantom Equity Plan and other remuneration is expensed and 
paid in US$. Executive remuneration is reported in A$ using 
the average exchange rates of A$1=US$0.7753 for FY2018, and 
A$1=US$0.7545 for FY2017. 

 Each senior executive is employed under an on-going 
employment contract, for which the termination benefits are 
payable at the option of the Company in lieu of notice. The 
notice periods (by the employee or the Company) in respect 
of each of the executives listed is 6 months, however for Jon 
Stretch the Company has an additional right of termination in 
certain circumstances by providing 3 months’ written notice.

 Non-monetary benefits includes annual benefits of salary 
continuance insurance premiums paid for Australian 
employees, health insurance coverage for US residents and 
executive health assessments. 

 Other benefits include non-recurring items, such as a 
retention accrual for Mitch Anderson given the potential 
sale of the US business, relocation allowance in regards 
to professional tax services, cashing out of annual leave, 
and subsidisation of a family visit during an extended US 
secondment for Derek McKay.

 Short term incentives in respect of FY2018 have not been paid 
by the date of this report, with accounting accruals shown 
for the expected payments based on the STI achievements 
reported in Table 4.3. 

 Australian superannuation entitlements and US 401K 
retirement plan contributions.

 Other equity benefits refer to the accounting expense of 
retention and commencement awards which will vest subject 
to service conditions.

 The amounts shown are as expensed in the income statement 
but which may not reflect the benefit actually received by 
the executive in that year. In accordance with AASB2, equity 
benefits include a portion of the value of equity that has not 
vested during the financial year as well as the present value 
of expected dividends over the vesting period. The amount 
included as remuneration does not necessarily reflect the 
benefit (if any) that may ultimately be realised by the executive 
if vesting occurs. Supplementary Information is provided to 
reflect the value of vested remuneration actually received by 
the executive in that year, with equity values based on the fair 
value as at the date of grant.

9. 

 The STI vesting in the current year relates to performance in 
FY2017. Awards were made in cash (“c”) or equity (“e”).

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

 There have been no alterations in terms or conditions since 
grant date.

 The nature of compensation may be by way of cash or equity 
(units in the Employee Share Trust (EST), Performance Rights 
or Phantom Shares for US employees.

 The maximum value yet to vest for Australian awards has 
been determined as the amount of fair value as at grant date 
that is yet to be expensed in a future accounting period. 
The maximum value yet to vest for the US award has been 
determined as the amount that may be expensed in a future 
accounting period based on the closing share price and 
exchange rate as at 30 June 2018. The minimum value yet to 
vest will always be zero, as equity will be forfeited if the vesting 
conditions are not met.

 The FY2017 STI achievements were disclosed in Table 4.3 of 
the FY2017 Remuneration Report. The award by way of equity 
was included for shareholder approval at the 2017 Annual 
General Meeting for Jon Stretch.

 FY2015 LTI TSR was determined to be -18.4%, which in 
accordance with the vesting conditions resulted in 100% of the 
FY2015 LTI being forfeited.

 FY2016 LTI vesting was subject to continuation of employment 
through to 30 June 2018 and TSR performance measured 
against the TSR performance of a comparator group being 
those companies in the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) ASX 300 
index at the beginning of the performance period. On 16 
August 2018 the Committee determined that the TSR vesting 
conditions required at the date of grant had not been met, and 
the FY2016 LTI awards were forfeited by all participants.

 FY2017 LTI vesting is subject to continuation of employment 
through to 30 June 2019 and TSR performance measured 
against the TSR performance of a comparator group being 
those companies in the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) ASX 300 
index at the beginning of the performance period.

 FY2018 LTI vesting is subject to continuation of employment 
through to 30 June 2020 and TSR performance measured 
against the TSR performance of a comparator group being 
those companies in the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) ASX 300 
index at the beginning of the performance period.

 Performance Rights granted under an employee retention 
strategy, subject to a 5 year vesting period and satisfied, at 
the Board’s discretion, in cash or equity, subject to continuous 
full-time employment with the Company. The vesting value will 
be the number of Performance Rights held, multiplied by the 
higher of either the notional issue price, or the 10 day VWAP 
prior to the date of vesting.

 Commencement award of $200,000 of units in the Employee 
Share Trust. Vesting subject to continued employment to each 
vesting date. 50% to vest in November 2017 with the balance 
to vest in November 2018. Fair value as determined by AASB2 
and expensed over the vesting period.

 Commencement award of $100,000 of units in the Employee 
Share Trust. Vesting subject to continued employment to 
each vesting date. 50% vested on the first anniversary of 
the commencement date, and the remaining 50% are to 
vest on the second anniversary of the commencement date. 
Fair value as determined by AASB2 and expensed over the 
vesting period. 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

2
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. OTHER REMUNERATION DISCLOSURES
7.1   Details of shares, options and rights

Unissued shares

No options were granted to directors or any of the five highest remunerated officers of the Group during the reporting period or since the end 
of FY2018. As at the date of this report, there were no options exercisable into fully paid ordinary shares on issue, and no shares were issued 
during the year on the exercise of any options.

Performance rights and option holdings

The numbers of options or rights over ordinary shares in the Company granted under executive incentive schemes that were held during the 
financial year by each disclosed executive of the Group, including their related parties, are set out below:

Table 7.1   Performance rights and option holdings

Philip St Baker

Jon Stretch

Mitch Anderson1

Gregg Buskey

David Guiver

Megan Houghton

Derek McKay

Steve Rogers

James Spence

Balance at the start  
of the year

Vested and 
exercisable

Unvested

Appointment 
or cessation 
as KMP

Expired

Balance at the end  
of the year

Vested and 
exercisable

Unvested

 - 

 - 

 106,364 

 61,634 

 55,228 

 - 

 106,364 

 45,410 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 92,285 

 - 

 140,057 

 140,057 

 - 

 242,706 

 (242,706)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

-

 (106,364)

 (61,634)

 (55,228)

 - 

 (106,364)

 (45,410)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 92,285 

 - 

 140,057 

 140,057 

 - 

1  Excludes Phantom Shares as not a right over issued securities.

Share holdings

The numbers of shares in the Company held during the financial year by each director and other disclosed executives of the Group, including 
their related parties, are set out in the tables below:

Table 7.2   Non-executive director’s share holdings

Non-executive directors1

Tony Bellas

Albert Goller

Georganne Hodges

Tony Iannello

Philip St Baker

Trevor St Baker

Wayne St Baker

Balance at 
the  
start of the 
year

 106,250 

 270,000 

 - 

 202,839 

Appointment 
or cessation 
as KMP2

Other 
Changes3

Balance at 
the  
end of the 
year

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 106,250 

20,000

 290,000 

- 

- 

 - 

 202,839 

- 

 6,252,564 

(1,489,869)

 4,762,695 

 63,496,907 

 (63,496,907)

 1,625,290 

- 

- 

- 

 - 

 1,625,290 

1  No shares were held nominally other than by Trevor St Baker for which the opening balances above included 3,075,242.

2  Philip was appointed and Trevor resigned on 14 July 2017.

3  On and off market movements, dividend reinvestment plan, etc. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report
For the year ended 30 June 2018

Table 7.3   Executive’s share holdings

Executives

Balance at the start of 
the year

Vested

Unvested

Received on 
vesting of 
performance 
rights

Granted as 
compensation

Forfeit

Other 
Changes1

Balance at the end of 
the year

Vested

Unvested

Balance 
at the end 
of the 
year held 
nominally

Jon Stretch

 1,052,179 

 1,027,398 

Mitch Anderson2

 1,339,820 

 126,683 

Gregg Buskey

David Guiver

 142,416 

 364,085 

 180,227 

 336,230 

Megan Houghton

 - 

 175,362 

Derek McKay

Steve Rogers

James Spence

 456,589 

 450,529 

 152,364 

 329,285 

 218,992 

 517,189 

1  On and off market movements, dividend reinvestment plan etc.

2  Excludes phantom shares. 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 1,193,357 

 (140,057)

 - 

 1,728,227 

 1,404,650 

 732,179 

 - 

 (126,683)

 (43,800)

 1,296,020 

 - 

 266,817 

 (91,334)

 1 

 245,183 

 436,802 

 281,403 

 (54,059)

 (55,350)

 233,923 

 454,528 

 222,782 

 - 

 - 

 148,325 

 249,819 

 - 

 9 

 - 

 - 

 308,561 

 (114,997)

 (56,702)

 518,642 

 525,338 

 45,000 

 243,937 

 (54,059)

 642,905 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 243,811 

 427,716 

 - 

 567,305 

 811,781 

 195,542 

7.2   Loans to key management personnel 
Details of loans made to KMP or close members of the family of a member of the KMP, or an entity over which the KMP has control or significant 
influence, are set out below: 

Aggregate amounts 

Balance at the start 
of the year

Interest paid and 
payable for the year

Interest not charged Balance at the end of 
the year

Number in Group at 
the end of the year

FY2018

$40,679

$ 1,034

$-

$-

-

The above loan represents an employee shareholder loan that was offered to certain senior executives in 2007 and 2008 to participate in a 
share loan incentive plan which enabled them to subscribe for shares. The loan was subject to a loan deed and was interest bearing at the FBT 
benchmark rates with recourse limited to the value of the shares. The amount shown for interest not charged in the table above represent the 
difference between the amount paid and payable for the year and the amount of interest that would have been charged on an arm’s-length 
basis. The loan was repaid in full during the period.

No loans were made, guaranteed or secured, nor remain outstanding in the reporting period to any KMP or close member of the family of any 
KMP for an amount greater than $100,000.

No write-downs or allowances for doubtful receivables have been recognised in relation to any loans made to KMP.

7.3   Other transactions with KMP
During the period the Company entered into certain transactions with KMP or their related entities as outlined in note 32 of the Financial 
Statements. The Board is satisfied that those transactions:

• 

• 

• 

 were on terms and conditions no more favourable than those that would have been adopted if dealing at arm’s length with an unrelated 
person; 

 did not have the potential to affect adversely decisions about the allocation of scarce resources made by users of the financial 
statements, or the discharge of accountability by the KMP; or

were trivial or domestic in nature.

7.4   Voting and comments received at the 2017 Annual General Meeting
The Company received more than 97% of votes cast at the 2017 AGM on the Remuneration Report when put to a poll. Although the company 
did not receive any specific feedback at the AGM on its remuneration practices, the Committee resolved to change the format of future long 
term incentives to be more aligned with common practice in the market. From FY2019 it was resolved that long term incentive awards will be via 
the issue of Performance Rights, which do not carry voting entitlements nor rights to dividends during the vesting period whilst performance 
hurdles are yet to be satisfied.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2018

Contents

 Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
Financial Statements 
Consolidated Income Statement 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Directors’ Declaration 
 Independent Auditor’s Report 

56
57
57
58
59
60
61
62
117
118

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the directors on 23 August 2018. The directors have the power to amend and reissue the 
financial statements. 

These financial statements cover ERM Power Limited as a consolidated entity comprising ERM Power Limited and its controlled entities. 

The Group’s presentation currency is Australian dollars (AUD). All subsidiaries operating in Australia have a functional currency of AUD and all 
subsidiaries operating in the United States have a functional currency of US Dollars (USD). ERM Power Limited is a company limited by shares, 
incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Its registered office and principal place of business is set out on page 127.

A description of the Group’s operations and of its principal activities is included in the review of operations and activities in the Directors’ 
Report on pages 40 to 42. The Directors’ Report does not form part of the annual financial statements.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6
5

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757480 Queen Street, BRISBANE  QLD  4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE  QLD  4001T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.auLiability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.Auditor’s Independence DeclarationAs lead auditor for the audit of ERM Power Limited for the year ended 30 June 2018, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: (a)no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001in relation to the audit; and(b)no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.This declaration is in respect of ERM Power Limited and the entities it controlled during the period.Michael ShewanBrisbanePartnerPricewaterhouseCoopers23 August 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Income Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2018

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

Continuing Operations

Revenue

Other income

Total revenue

Expenses

EBITDAF

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment expense

Net fair value (loss) / gain on financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss 

Results from operating activities

Share of net profit / (loss) of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

Finance income

Finance expense

(Loss) / profit before income tax

Income tax benefit / (expense)

(Loss) / profit from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations (attributable to equity holders of the Company) 

Statutory loss for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company

Statutory (loss) / earnings per share based on continuing operations attributable to  
the ordinary equity holders of the Company

Basic (loss) / earnings per share

Diluted (loss) / earnings per share

Statutory (loss) / earnings per share based on earnings attributable to the ordinary equity holders of 
the Company

Basic (loss) / earnings per share

Diluted (loss) / earnings per share

Note

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

4

5

16

6

7

7

8

31

1

1

1

1

3,279,476

2,789,413

1,107

819

3,280,583

2,790,232

(3,183,085)

(2,712,047)

97,498

(30,224)

(1,034)

(109,153)

(42,913)

195

3,100

(27,311)

(66,929)

20,195

(46,734)

(33,968)

(80,702)

78,185

(27,189)

-

50,929

101,925

(298)

3,611

(24,487)

80,751

(61,494)

19,257

(20,330)

(1,073)

Cents

Cents

(19.03)

(18.52)

7.89

7.66

Cents

Cents

(32.86)

(31.99)

(0.44)

(0.43)

The above Consolidated Income Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Operational business segment performance and underlying profit of the consolidated entity is presented in note 3, together with a 
reconciliation between statutory profit attributable to members of the parent entity and underlying profit. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2018

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Statutory loss for the year

Other comprehensive (loss) / income 
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)

Other comprehensive income arising from discontinued operations

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income  
(net of tax)

Other comprehensive (loss) / income for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company 
(net of tax)

Note

2018 
$’000

(80,702)

2017 
$’000

(1,073)

27

31

27

(223,772)

1,310

116,574

(1,342)

(6)

(142)

(222,468)

115,090

Total comprehensive (loss) / income for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company

(303,170)

114,017

Total comprehensive (loss) / income for the year attributable to equity holders of the  
Company arises from:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

(270,512)

31

(32,658)

(303,170)

135,689

(21,672)

114,017

The Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

8
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 30 June 2018

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Assets 

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables at amortised cost

Inventories

Current tax assets

Other assets

Derivative financial instruments

Assets classified as held for sale

Total current assets 

Non-current assets

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Investments accounted for using the equity method

Derivative financial instruments

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Intangible assets

Leased assets

Total non-current assets 

Total assets

Liabilities 

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Borrowings

Borrowings – limited recourse 

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Provisions

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings – limited recourse 

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Reserves

(Accumulated losses) / retained earnings

Total equity

Note

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

24

10

11

12

13

31

29(c)/(d)

13

15

21

16

18

19

25

25

18

13

20

25

18

13

21

20

26

27

227,636

320,251

81,762

2,974

14,601

73,127

720,351

167,235

887,586

9

6,898

25,968

390,682

-

38,466

10,524

472,547

1,360,133

423,639

-

150,831

8,904

3,681

28,239

6,596

621,890

152,088

773,978

176,567

13,588

85,183

57,095

4,222

336,655

1,110,633

249,500

340,431

(2,277)

(88,654)

249,500

244,616

360,947

42,257

-

6,180

325,161

979,161

-

979,161

15

6,702

81,445

391,386

13,850

89,378

14,381

597,157

1,576,318

464,314

18,088

-

8,264

3,605

33,889

14,811

542,971

-

542,971

180,653

18,375

67,453

178,380

22,606

467,467

1,010,438

565,880

335,012

220,877

9,991

565,880

The above Consolidated Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

9
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
As at 30 June 2018

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Balance at 1 July 2016

Impact of change in accounting policy

Loss for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

Dividends paid

Issue of shares pursuant to employee incentive scheme

Purchase of treasury shares

Share based payment expense

Balance at 30 June 2017

Loss for the period

Other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive loss for the year 

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

Dividends paid

Issue of shares pursuant to employee incentive scheme

Purchase of treasury shares

Buy-back of shares (net of transaction costs and tax)

Share based payment expense

Balance at 30 June 2018

Note Contributed 
equity
$’000

Reserves
$’000

332,355

103,413

-

-

-

-

-

-

115,090

115,090

Total equity
$’000

(Accumulated 
losses)  
/ retained 
earnings
$’000

35,635

(732)

(1,073)

-

(1,805)

471,403

(732)

(1,073)

115,090

113,285

2

26/27

26

33

1,301

5,909

(4,553)

-

-

(23,839)

(22,538)

(1,153)

-

3,527

-

-

-

4,756

(4,553)

3,527

335,012

220,877

9,991

565,880

-

-

-

-

(80,702)

(80,702)

(222,468)

(222,468)

-

(222,468)

(80,702)

(303,170)

2

26/27

26

26

33

673

9,893

(2,675)

(2,472)

-

-

(17,943)

(3,052)

-

(408)

2,774

-

-

-

-

(17,270)

6,841

(2,675)

(2,880)

2,774

340,431

(2,277)

(88,654)

249,500

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

0
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2018

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities 

Receipts from customers 

Payments to suppliers and employees 

Transfer (to) / from variation margin account

Interest received

Income tax paid

Net cash (outflow) / inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for plant and equipment

Proceeds on disposal of plant and equipment

Payments for intangible assets

Proceeds on disposal of gas assets

Purchase of shares and options in non-listed companies

Proceeds on sale of discontinued operations

Deposit on sale of SME customer contracts

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings including receivables financing facility

Repayments of borrowings including receivables financing facility

Repayments of borrowings – limited recourse

Lease repayments - principle

Lease repayments - interest

Finance costs - other

Dividends paid

Payments for shares bought back

Termination of US Sleever agreement

Net cash inflow / (outflow) from financing activities

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Cash and cash equivalents – continuing operations

Cash and cash equivalents – discontinued operations

(i) Refer to note 31 for cash flows of discontinued operations.

The above Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Note

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

4,117,624

3,488,152

(4,017,873)

(3,394,711)

(118,723)

3,069

(26,876)

(42,779)

69,181

3,475

(14,405)

151,692

(16,036)

(16,084)

177

-

(33,273)

(24,302)

-

(100)

4,253

1,450

14,921

(5,500)

11,183

-

(43,529)

(19,782)

1,931,000

478,665

(1,780,293)

(496,026)

9

31

2

(5,264)

(3,599)

(779)

(34,015)

(17,270)

(2,916)

(5,121)

81,743

(4,565)

244,616

407

24

240,458

227,636

12,822

(i)

(6,332)

(3,201)

(879)

(28,720)

(22,538)

-

-

(79,031)

52,879

192,467

(730)

244,616

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

1
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

SECTION 1:

Financial performance
1.      Earnings Per Share

2.      Dividends Paid and Proposed

3.      Segment Report

4.      Revenue

5.      Expenses

6.       Net Fair Value (Loss) / Gain on Financial Instruments  
Designated at Fair Value through Profit and Loss 

7.      Net Finance Expense

8.      Income Tax

9.      Cash Flow Information

SECTION 2:

Operating assets and liabilities
10.    Trade and Other Receivables at Amortised Cost

11.    Inventories

12.    Other Assets

13.    Derivative Financial Instruments 

14.    Hedge Accounting

15.    Property, Plant and Equipment

16.    Intangible Assets

17.    Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

18.    Leased Assets and Liabilities

19.    Trade and Other Payables

20.    Provisions

21.    Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

SECTION 3:

Capital and financial risk management
22.    Financial Risk Management

23.    Fair Value Measurement

24.    Cash and Cash Equivalents

25.    Borrowings

26.    Contributed Equity

27.    Reserves

SECTION 4:

Group structure
28.    Parent Entity Financial Information

29.    Interests in Other Entities

30.    Business Combinations

31.    Discontinued Operations

SECTION 5:

Employee remuneration
32.    Key Management Personnel 

33.    Share Based Payments

SECTION 6:

Other disclosure items
34.    Commitments and Contingencies

35.    Related Party Disclosures

36.    Auditors’ Remuneration

37.    Events After the Reporting Period

38.    Basis of Preparation 

Definitions
The directors believe that EBITDAF, underlying EBITDAF and underlying NPAT provide the most meaningful indicators of the Group’s 
underlying business performance. The directors utilise underlying NPAT as a measure to assess the performance of the segments. 

These earnings measures are referenced throughout the notes to the financial statements. A reconciliation to statutory earnings is 
provided in note 3. 

Underlying NPAT is statutory net profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company after excluding the after tax effect of 
unrealised marked to market changes in the fair value of financial instruments, impairment and gains / losses on onerous contracts and 
other significant items. Underlying NPAT excludes any profit or loss from associates.

Significant items adjusted in deriving underlying NPAT are material items of revenue or expense that are unrelated to the underlying 
performance of the Group. 

All profit measures refer to continuing operations of the Group unless otherwise stated. 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

2
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 1: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

1. EARNINGS PER SHARE

(a) Basic (loss) / earnings per share

From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company 

From discontinued operation

Total basic (loss) / earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

(b) Diluted (loss) / earnings per share

From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company 

From discontinued operation

Total basic (loss) / earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

Consolidated

2018

2017

Cents per share

(19.03)

(13.83)

(32.86)

(18.52)

(13.47)

(31.99)

7.89

(8.33)

(0.44)

7.66

(8.09)

(0.43)

(c) Underlying earnings / (loss) per share

From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

12.30

(6.59)

(d) Reconciliations of earnings used in calculating earnings per share 

$’000

Basic (loss) / earnings per share

Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company used in calculating basic earnings per share:

From continuing operations

From discontinued operation

Diluted (loss) / earnings per share

Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company used in calculating basic earnings per share:

From continuing operations

From discontinued operation

(46,734)

(33,968)

19,257

(20,330)

(46,734)

(33,968)

19,257

(20,330)

Underlying profit / (loss) attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company from continuing operations

30,202

(16,095)

(e) Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator 

Weighted average number used in calculating basic and underlying earnings per share

Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share:

Long term incentive schemes

Performance rights

Weighted average number used in calculating diluted earnings per share

Number of shares ‘000

245,580

244,161

6,066

653

7,162

-

252,299

251,323

Calculation methodology
Basic earnings per share and underlying earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit measure attributable to owners of the Company, 
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year and excluding treasury shares.

Diluted earnings per share are calculated the same way as basic earnings per share including the weighted average number of additional ordinary 
shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Options granted are considered to be potential ordinary shares and taken into account in the determination of diluted earnings per share. They 
are not included in the determination of basic earnings per share.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 1: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

2. DIVIDENDS PAID AND PROPOSED

2017 Final dividend paid

2018 Interim dividend paid

2018 Final dividend proposed

Cents per 
share

3.5

3.5

4.0

Total 
amount 
$’000

8,943

9,001

10,217

Franking 
percentage

Date of
payment

100%

100%

100%

10-Oct-17

6-Apr-18

10-Oct-18

The final dividend proposed is subject to variations in the number of shares up to record date. This dividend has not been recognised as a 
liability as at 30 June 2018 and will be recognised in subsequent consolidated financial statements. 

Franking credits available at 30 June 2018 are $29.2m (2017: $10.9m). 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
3. SEGMENT REPORT

Business Energy 
Australia

 Generation Assets

Other

Total

$’000

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

External revenue to customers and 
other income

3,194,073

2,647,784

71,453

131,855

15,057

10,593

3,280,583

2,790,232

Internal segment revenue

-

-

20,045

13,932

7,202

4,681

27,247

18,613

Segment revenue and other income

3,194,073

2,647,784

91,498

145,787

22,259

15,274

3,307,830

2,808,845

Expenses

EBITDAF

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment expense

Net fair value (loss) / gain on financial 
instruments designated at fair value 
through profit or loss

(3,122,163)

(2,594,425)

(47,721)

(104,077)

(40,448)

(32,158)

(3,210,332)

(2,730,660)

71,910

(9,840)

(1,034)

53,359

43,777

41,710

(18,189)

(16,884)

(7,610)

(13,409)

(14,107)

(6,975)

(5,472)

-

-

-

97,498

(30,224)

(1,034)

78,185

(27,189)

-

(109,153)

50,929

-

-

-

-

(108,899)

36,276

(254)

14,653

Results from operating activities 

(47,863)

82,025

30,114

42,256

(25,164)

(22,356)

(42,913)

101,925

Share of net profit / (loss) of associates 
and joint ventures accounted for using 
the equity method

Finance income

Finance expenses

(Loss) / profit before income tax

Income tax benefit / (expense) 

(Loss) / profit from  
continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations 
(attributable to equity holders of the 
Company) 

Statutory loss for the year 
attributable to equity holders of the 
Company 

Underlying NPAT from continuing 
operations 

-

-

-

-

195

(298)

195

(298)

2,154

2,746

562

468

(7,784)

(15,488)

(15,855)

384

(969)

397

(848)

76,987

15,188

26,869

(25,554)

(23,105)

(10,854)

(56,563)

3,100

3,611

(27,311)

(24,487)

(66,929)

20,195

80,751

(61,494)

(46,734)

19,257

(i)

(33,968)

(20,330)

(80,702)

(1,073)

30,202

(16,095)

All segment activity takes place in Australia and the United States of America

(i)  Profit and loss information for the Business Energy US segment classified as a discontinued operation is reported through to the chief operational decision maker of the consolidated entity 

as shown in note 31.

$’000

Statutory loss after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company 

Adjusted for the following items:

Note

2018

(80,702)

2017

(1,073)

Net unrealised change in fair value of financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss 
after tax

76,407

(35,650)

Share of net (profit) / loss of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

Loss from discontinued operation (attributable to equity holders of the Company) 

Other significant items

Impairment of SME customer acquisition costs

Tax benefit on other significant items

Underlying NPAT continuing operations 

(i) 

Impairment of SME single site customer acquisition costs held for sale at 30 June 2018.

(ii)  Tax effect of the above other significant items.

(195)

33,968

1,034

(310)

31

(i)

(ii)

298

20,330

-

-

30,202

(16,095)

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 1: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

3. SEGMENT REPORT (CONTINUED)

$’000

Assets

Business Energy 
US(i)

Business Energy 
Australia 

Generation Assets

Other

Note

Total

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

Total segment assets

-

145,413

673,050

899,581

436,792

429,303

80,082

88,171

1,189,924

1,562,468

Current and deferred  
tax assets

Assets classified as  
held for sale

Total assets

Liabilities

2,974

13,850

31

167,235

-

1,360,133

1,576,318

Total segment liabilities 

-

143,576

641,319 405,829

227,602

230,464

32,529

34,101

901,450

813,970

Current and deferred tax 
liabilities

Liabilities directly 
associated with assets 
classified as held for sale

Total liabilities

57,095

196,468

31

152,088

-

1,110,633

1,010,438

(i)  Balance sheet information for the Business Energy US segment classified as a discontinued operation is reported through to the chief operational decision maker of the consolidated entity 

as shown in note 31.

Segment description
An operating segment is a distinguishable component of an entity that engages in business activity from which it may earn revenues and incur 
expenses (including revenues and expenses relating to transactions with other segments of the same entity), and whose operating results are 
regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment.

Management has determined the operating segments based on reports reviewed by the Managing Director who is the chief operating decision 
maker for the Consolidated Entity. The Managing Director regularly receives financial information on the underlying profit of each operating 
segment so as to assess the ongoing performance of each segment and to enable a relevant comparison to budget and forecast underlying 
profit.

Business segments: 

Products and services:

Business Energy Australia 

Electricity sales to business customers in Australia 

Business Energy US 

Electricity sales to business and residential customers (FY2017 only) in the United States of America

Generation Assets 

 Gas-fired power generation assets and delivery of power generation solutions, from the initial concept 
through to development and operations

Other  

Gas, Metering, Data Analytics, Lighting Solutions and Corporate 

The total of non-current assets other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets, broken down by location of the assets is $446.6m for 
Australia (2017: $440m) and $Nil for the United States (2017: $60.9m).

Segment assets and liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. Both assets and liabilities are allocated based on the 
operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. The Group’s current and deferred tax balances are not considered to be a part 
of a specific segment but are managed by the Group’s central corporate function.

All revenue from generation assets and other operations is earned in Australia.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
4. REVENUE
Revenue is recognised when performance obligations under relevant customer contracts are completed. Performance obligations may be 
completed at a point in time or over time. 

In the following table revenue is disaggregated by major product or service line and by timing of revenue recognition. Revenue recognised in 
the discontinued Business Energy US segment is entirely generated within the US market whilst revenue recognised in all other segments is 
generated in Australia. Refer to note 31 for further details on the discontinued operations. 

No single customer amounts to 10% or more of the consolidated entity’s total external revenue for either the current or comparative period.

$’000

Major product / service lines

Sale of electricity

Electricity generation

Commodity product sales 

Energy solutions products and services

Consulting fees

Other revenue

Timing of revenue recognition

Business Energy 
Australia

 Generation Assets

Other

Total

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

3,068,351

2,495,553

-

-

125,722

152,234

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

44,964

25,719

-

140

96

-

99,026

30,241

-

-

-

-

14,368

264

2,139

-

116

-

-

-

7,548

785

1,623

3,068,351

2,495,553

44,964

151,441

14,368

140

212

99,026

182,475

7,548

1,049

3,762

3,194,073

2,647,787

70,919

131,670

14,484

9,956

3,279,476

2,789,413

Recognised at a point in time

125,722

152,234

70,919

131,670

Recognised over time

3,068,351

2,495,553

-

-

13,424

1,060

7,239

210,065

291,143

2,717

3,069,411

2,498,270

3,194,073

2,647,787

70,919

131,670

14,484

9,956

3,279,476

2,789,413

Recognition and measurement

i) Sale of electricity

Revenue is recognised at the amount of consideration to which the Group is entitled, excluding amounts collected on behalf of third parties (i.e. 
duties and sales taxes). Using the practical expedient, the Group recognises revenue in respect to electricity sales over time as there is a right 
to invoice when the customers have consumed the performance obligation of electricity supply. Electricity sales revenue from customer sales 
contracts is recognised on measurement of electrical consumption (KWh) at the metering point, as specified in each contractual agreement, and 
is billed monthly in arrears. The transaction price is the contracted price for the electricity consumed during the period. When the consideration 
receivable is subject to variability, such as prompt payment discount or estimated meter reads, an assessment is performed to determine 
whether it is highly probable that the receivables or accrued income will be received. At each balance date, sales and receivables include an 
amount of sales delivered to customers but not yet billed and recognised as accrued income. 

ii) Electricity generation

Electricity generation revenue is recognised from the generation of electricity at the point when the electricity has been supplied or the off-
take performance obligation has been met and there will not be a significant reversal of revenue. Revenue received from off-take agreements 
provides a fixed revenue stream for the respective power station. Revenue on these contracts is recognised on a daily basis over the contract 
term. The transaction price is the contracted price for the electricity generated and sold during the period. At each balance date, sales and 
receivables include an amount of revenue for which performance obligations have been met under the respective contracts but have not yet 
settled. These amounts are recognised as accrued income. ERM Power has elected to apply the practical expedient available under AASB 15 to 
not disclose any future unsatisfied performance obligations under respective off-take agreements.

iii) Energy solutions products and services

Energy solutions products and services includes the sale of products and services such as lighting solutions, data analytics and energy 
monitoring, metering and demand response income. Revenue is apportioned to these contracts based on the estimated stand-alone selling 
price of goods or services provided. Revenue from customer sales contracts is recognised at the point that relevant performance obligations are 
satisfied, which will vary dependent on the product or service provided and may include product installation or access to energy management 
software. For any contracts that are recurring in nature such as annual subscriptions, an income in advance liability is recorded within accrued 
expenses for revenue received in advance and revenue is recognised over the term of the contract. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 1: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

4. REVENUE (CONTINUED)

iv) Consulting fees and other revenue

Revenue is apportioned to these contracts based on the estimated stand-alone selling price of goods or services provided. Consulting fee 
revenue and other income are recognised at the point that relevant performance obligations are satisfied. For any contracts that are recurring in 
nature such as annual licences, a liability is recorded for revenue received in advance and revenue is recognised over the term of the contract.

v) Renewable energy certificates

Revenue from the sale of renewable energy certificates is recognised when the relevant contractual performance obligations have been met. 
These performance obligations will generally include transfer of scheme certificates from the scheme registry of the seller to the scheme registry 
of the buyer. The stand-alone selling price for certificates sold is referenced within each sales contract. Sale of renewable energy certificates is 
included in commodity product sales.

vi) Sale of gas

Revenue from the sale of gas to wholesale market counterparties is recognised at the point at which the title passes to the buyer. Sale of gas 
revenue is included in commodity product sales.

For further information on contract assets and liabilities, refer to notes 10 and 19.

Key judgments and estimates

Accrued income receivable

Revenue from the sale of electricity is estimated where a customer invoice has not been raised at balance date.  Where an invoice is raised 
shortly after balance date or customer meter data is available, this data is used to form the estimate of revenue.  Where an invoice is not 
raised immediately after balance date and customer meter data is not available the revenue estimate is derived from an estimate of average 
daily electricity usage based on historical patterns as well as average pricing. Further information is contained in Note 10.

Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities 
The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried-forward contract liabilities and 
how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year.

Continuing operations

Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period

Sale of electricity

Electricity generation

Energy solutions products and services

Other revenue

Consolidated

2018
$’000

2017
$’000

1,195

10

1,843

150

3,198

-

-

315

10

325

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

8
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
5. EXPENSES

Continuing operations

Cost of electricity sales

Cost of electricity generation

Cost of commodity products sold

Employee benefits expense

Share based payments

Other expenses

Included in the above employee benefits expense is:

Defined contribution superannuation expense

Consolidated

2018
$’000

2017
$’000

2,960,504

2,466,630

6,786

148,825

42,037

2,774

22,159

38,934

143,425

39,777

3,527

19,754

3,183,085

2,712,047

2,734

3,049

Recognition and measurement
Cost of sales is recognised as those costs directly attributable to the goods or services sold and includes the costs of electricity, materials and 
associated distribution expenses. Electricity costs are based upon spot prices for electricity and the outcomes of derivative financial instruments 
entered into for the purpose of risk management (refer to note 22). Included within cost of sales are total net realised gains on the settlement of 
derivative financial instruments (2018: $91.5m, 2017: $573.5m).

Employee benefits expense includes movement in recognition and measurement of related liabilities such as annual leave and long service leave. 
Refer to note 20. 

Share based payments are provided to employees via employee and executive equity plans.

The fair value of options or shares issued to employees is recognised as an employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase in equity. 
The fair value is measured at grant date and recognised in the option reserve or share-based payment reserve over the period during which 
the employees become unconditionally entitled to the equity. When the shares are issued, or the options exercised, the value is transferred to 
contributed equity.

Key judgments and estimates

Share-based payment transactions

The Company measures the cost of shares and options issued to employees and third parties by reference to the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the date at which they are granted. Details regarding the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted 
and methodology for determining fair value at grant date are available in note 33.

The fair value of the equity instruments includes non-market vesting conditions. Management estimates the number of shares that are 
expected to be vested based on the probability of non-market vesting conditions being met.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

9
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 1: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

6.  NET FAIR VALUE (LOSS) / GAIN ON FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH 

PROFIT AND LOSS

Continuing operations

Unrealised

Electricity derivative contracts 

Hedge ineffectiveness 

Consolidated

2018
$’000

2017
$’000

(109,153)

-

(109,153)

51,009

(80)

50,929

Recognition and measurement
The Group accounts for certain derivative financial instruments such as cash flow hedges with corresponding unrealised fair value movements 
recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve. Any unrealised gain or loss on other instruments that are not hedge accounted and any ineffective 
portion of hedge accounted instruments is recognised directly in profit or loss. Refer note 13 for further information on which derivative financial 
instruments are not hedge accounted.

Key judgments and estimates

Designation of instruments

The designation of instruments as either held for trading or hedging may affect the amount of fair value gains and losses recognised in profit 
and loss. Fair value movements on instruments held for trading are not deferred within the cash flow hedge reserve. Further information on 
the designation of financial instruments is contained in note 13. 

Valuation of derivative financial instruments

The valuation of financial instruments may affect the amount of fair value movements recognised in profit and loss. Further information on 
the valuation of financial instruments is contained in note 23. 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

0
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
7. NET FINANCE EXPENSE

Continuing operations

Finance income

Interest income

Finance costs

Borrowing costs – lease liabilities

Borrowing costs – bank loans

Borrowing costs – receivables financing facility

Borrowing costs – convertible notes

Other borrowing costs 

Consolidated

2018
$’000

2017
$’000

3,100

3,100

733

11,542

5,145

3,937

5,954

27,311

3,611

3,611

831

12,054

3,418

3,799

4,385

24,487

Recognition and measurement
Interest revenue and expenses are recognised on a time proportional basis using the effective interest rate method applicable to financial assets 
and liabilities. Other borrowing costs includes bank guarantee charges associated with the Group’s Australian electricity retailing operation. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

1
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 1: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

8. INCOME TAX

(a) Income tax (benefit) / expense

Income tax comprises:

Current tax expense 

Deferred tax (benefit) / expense

Adjustment to current and deferred tax of prior periods

Income tax (benefit) / expense 

Income tax (benefit) / expense is attributable to:

(Loss) / profit from continuing operations 

Loss from discontinued operations

(b) Numerical reconciliation of prima facie tax benefit to prima facie tax

(Loss) / profit from continuing operations 

Loss from discontinued operations

Income tax (benefit) / expense calculated at 30% 

Other income taxes 

Net effect of expenses / (income) that are not deductible / (non-assessable) in determining taxable profit 
(excluding Clean Energy Regular shortfall charge)

Clean Energy Regulator shortfall (refund) / charge 

Write-down of US deferred tax balance 

Adjustment to deferred tax of prior periods

Difference in overseas tax rates

Change in overseas tax rate

Income tax (benefit) / expense 

(c) Amounts recognised directly in other comprehensive income

Increase in equity due to current and deferred amounts charged directly to equity during the period:

Net tax effect of amounts charged to cash flow hedge reserve

Net tax effect of amounts charged to share capital 

Note

Consolidated

2018
$’000

2017
$’000

31

31

(i)

21/(ii) 

(iii)

8,041

(15,663)

(277)

(7,899)

(20,195)

12,296

(7,899)

(66,929)

(21,672)

(88,601)

(26,580)

949

301

(388)

10,279

(277)

211

7,606

(7,899)

32,971

20,846

(85)

53,732

61,494

(7,762)

53,732

80,751

(28,092)

52,659

15,798

205

1,919

37,050

-

(85)

(1,155)

-

53,732

95,902

(49,960)

28

-

95,930

(49,960)

(i) 

 In 2017, the Company took the commercial decision to incur a non-deductible charge of $65 per certificate in lieu of surrendering 1.9m large scale generation certificates. The total cost 
was $123m before tax. In 2018, the Company surrendered a parcel of large scale generation certificates and received a non-assessable refund of the previous charge of $1.3m before tax.

(ii)  Estimated non-recoverability of US deferred tax losses.

(iii)  Change in US federal tax rate from 35% to 21% effective from 1 January 2018.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

2
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
8. INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)
Recognition and measurement
Income tax or income tax benefit for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the prevailing income tax 
rate adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from 
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither 
accounting nor taxable profit or loss. 

Current and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income 
or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

Key judgments and estimates
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period in 
the countries where the Company’s subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates 
positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes 
provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance date and are 
expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

9. CASH FLOW INFORMATION
a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

Net loss after tax

Adjustments for:

Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets

Impairment expense

Share based payment expense

Net unrealised fair value losses / (gains) on financial instruments and inventory

Gain on the sale of discontinued operations

Share of (profits) / loss of associates

Loss on the sale of non-current assets

Net exchange differences

Finance costs

Transfers to provisions:

Employee entitlements

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase in other assets

Increase in inventories

Increase in deferred tax assets recognised in profit or loss

Changes in variation margin account

(Decrease) / increase in deferred tax liabilities recognised in profit or loss

(Decrease) / increase in current tax liability

Increase in trade and other payables

Net cash (used in) / provided by operating activities

Consolidated

2018
$’000

(80,702)

46,911

1,034

2,774

99,582

-

(195)

137

(665)

2017
$’000

(1,073)

38,404

-

3,527

(34,541)

(10,851)

298

-

96

42,056

31,091

582

256

(37,446)

(9,436)

(37,737)

(8,459)

(118,723)

(5,543)

(21,062)

84,113

(42,779)

(40,936)

(2,963)

(30,725)

(169)

69,181

21,015

18,403

90,679

151,692

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 1: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

9. CASH FLOW INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
b) Net debt reconciliation

This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for each of the periods presented.

Consolidated

Cash and cash equivalents – continuing operations

Cash and cash equivalents – discontinued operations 

Borrowings – repayable within one year 

Borrowings – limited recourse – repayable within one year 

Borrowings – limited recourse – repayable after one year

Net (debt) / cash

Cash and cash equivalents

Gross debt – fixed interest rates

Gross debt – variable interest rates

Net (debt) / cash

2018
$’000

227,636

12,822

(150,831)

(8,904)

(176,567)

(95,844)

240,458

(126,750)

(209,552)

(95,844)

Other assets

Liabilities from financing activities

Cash $’000

Borrowings due  
within 1 year 
$’000

Borrowings due  
after 1 year 
$’000

2017
$’000

244,616

-

-

(8,264)

(180,653)

55,699

244,616

(131,874)

(57,043)

55,699

Total 
$’000

55,699

(149,601)

(1,942)

(180,653)

5,904

(1,818)

(176,567)

(95,844)

Net debt as at 30 June 2017

Cash flows

Other non-cash movements

Net debt as at 30 June 2018

244,616

(4,158)

-

240,458

(8,264)

(151,347)

(124)

(159,735)

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 2: OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

10. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES AT AMORTISED COST

The majority of trade and other receivables relate to electricity sales customers. Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally  
14 to 30 day terms. 

Current

Trade and other receivables

Accrued income

Consolidated

2018
$’000

2017
$’000

38,888

281,363

320,251

66,906

294,041

360,947

Recognition and measurement
All trade and other debtors are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset and of allocating interest income over the 
relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash receipts (including all transaction costs and other 
premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the financial asset, or, where appropriate, a shorter period.

Collectability is reviewed on an ongoing basis. For trade receivables, the Company applies the simplified approach to providing for expected 
credit losses prescribed by AASB 9, which requires the use of the lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables. The amount of the 
impairment loss is recognised in the income statement.

Accrued income receivable represents electricity amounts due to be invoiced after 30 June 2018 and wholesale counterparty settlements due 
to be accrued and received after 30 June 2018.

Key judgments and estimates

Accrued income receivable

Accrued electricity sales revenue requires estimates of average daily usage based on historical patterns as well as average pricing and 
consumption pattern estimates where no actual meter data is available. A large portion of accrued income receivable is measured based on 
actual billed electricity in the following month whilst a smaller portion is based on estimated meter data where the customer meter is read 
less frequently. 

Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the loss that would occur if a debtor or other counterparty fails to perform under its contractual obligations. The carrying 
amounts of trade and other receivables recognised at balance date best represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at balance 
date. The Group seeks to limit its exposure to credit risks as follows:

• 

• 

• 

conducting appropriate due diligence on counterparties before entering into arrangements with them;

 depending on the outcome of the credit assessment, obtaining collateral with a value in excess of the counterparties’ obligations to the 
Group – providing a ‘margin of safety’ against loss; and

 for derivative counterparties, using primarily high credit quality counterparties, in addition to utilising ISDA master agreements with 
derivative counterparties in order to limit the exposure to credit risk. 

The credit quality of all financial assets is consistently monitored in order to identify any potential adverse changes. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 2: OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

10. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES AT AMORTISED COST (CONTINUED)

Concentrations of credit risk

The Group minimises concentrations of credit risk in relation to debtors by undertaking transactions with a large number of customers 
from across a broad range of industries within the business segments in which the Group operates, such that there are no significant 
concentrations of credit risk within the Group at balance date. Credit risk to trade debtors is managed through setting normal payment 
terms of up to 30 days and through continual risk assessment of debtors with material balances. Credit risk to electricity debtors is managed 
through system driven credit management processes. The process commences after due date. For some debtors the Group may also obtain 
security in the form of guarantees, deeds of undertaking, or letters of credit which can be called upon if the counterparty is in default under 
the terms of the agreement.

The Company applies the simplified approach to providing for expected credit losses prescribed by AASB 9, which permits the use of the lifetime 
expected loss provision for all trade receivables. The expected credit losses also incorporates forward looking information. The loss allowance 
provision as at 30 June 2018 is determined as follows: 

Total 
$’000

< 30 days 
$’000

31-60 days 
$’000

61-120 days 
$’000

> 120 days 
$’000

2018  
Consolidated

Trade

Other(i)

Trade

Other(i)

Trade

Other(i)

Trade

Other(i)

Expected loss rate

Gross carrying amount

Loss allowance provision(ii)

Net receivables 

Accrued income

0% - 5%

37,087

(667)

41,531

(2,643)

38,888

36,420

281,363

281,363

2017  
Consolidated

Expected loss rate

Gross carrying amount 

Loss allowance provision(ii) 

Net receivables

Accrued income

0% - 8%

63,938

(1,265)

62,673

70,324

(3,418)

66,906

294,041

294,041

-

182

-

182

-

-

497

-

497

-

10%

1,319

(131)

1,188

-

16%

2,659

(418)

2,241

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

23

-

23

-

40%-90%

- Up to 100%

955

(463)

492

-

-

-

-

-

1,988

(1,382)

606

-

50%-90%

- Up to 100%

1,132

(398)

734

-

46

-

46

-

1,428

(1,337)

91

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

601

-

601

-

(i)  Other receivables are neither past due or impaired and relate principally to counterparty receivables and employee shareholder loans which are subject to loan deeds. 

(ii)  Of the above loss allowance provision $2.6m (2017: $3.4m) relate to receivables arising from contracts with customers.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
11. INVENTORIES

Work in progress

Stock on hand

Renewable energy certificates – at cost

Note

Consolidated

2018
$’000

246

914

67,150

11,993

77

1,382

81,762

2017
$’000

531

485

38,115

1,415

96

1,615

42,257

Renewable energy certificates – at fair value less cost to sell

(i)

Gas in storage

Diesel fuel 

(i)  Renewable energy certificates designated as commodity broker trader inventory are measured at fair value less costs to sell.

Recognition and measurement

Renewable energy certificates

Renewable energy certificates held by the Group are accounted for as commodity inventories. The Group participates in the purchase and sale 
of a range of renewable energy certificates, including both mandatory and voluntary schemes.

Purchased renewable energy certificates are initially recognised at cost within inventories on settlement date. Subsequent measurement is at 
the lower of cost or net realisable value, with losses arising from changes in realisable value being recognised in the income statement in the 
period of the change.

Renewable energy certificates held for trading are held at fair value less costs to sell.

Other inventory

Stock, materials and work in progress are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials, direct labour and 
an appropriate proportion of variable and fixed overhead expenditure, the latter being allocated on the basis of normal operating capacity. Cost 
includes the reclassification from equity of any gains or losses on qualifying cash flow hedges relating to purchases of raw material but excludes 
borrowing costs. Costs are assigned to individual items of inventory on the basis of weighted average costs. Costs of purchased inventory are 
determined after deducting rebates and discounts. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the 
estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

Key judgments and estimates

Renewable energy certificates held for trading

Renewable energy certificates that are designated as held for trading are initially recognised at cost and are subsequently recognised at 
fair value with movements in fair value taken up through profit and loss in the net fair value gain on financial instruments designated at 
fair value through profit and loss line until settlement at which time the gain or loss is recognised in cost of goods sold. Certificates are 
designated at the initial trade date on a deal by deal basis and segregated from other certificates held for the purposes of surrender under 
applicable renewable energy schemes.  

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 2: OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

12. OTHER ASSETS

Prepayments

Security and other deposits 

Other

Consolidated

2018
$’000

4,119

10,185

297

14,601

2017
$’000

3,985

1,573

622

6,180

13. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Group is party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business acquired in order to manage exposure to fluctuations in 
electricity prices and interest and foreign exchange rates in accordance with the Group’s financial risk management policies.

Current assets

Electricity and commodity derivatives

Foreign exchange derivatives

Non-current assets

Electricity and commodity derivatives

Current liabilities

Electricity and commodity derivatives

Non-current liabilities

Electricity and commodity derivatives

Interest rate swaps

Recognition and measurement

Consolidated

2018
$’000

2017
$’000

73,127

325,131

-

30

73,127

325,161

25,968

25,968

28,239

28,239

55,702

29,481

85,183

81,445

81,445

33,889

33,889

33,641

33,812

67,453

Derivatives financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-
measured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the 
derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged and the type of hedge relationship designated.

The gain or loss from re-measurement of hedging instruments at fair value is recognised in other comprehensive income and deferred in equity 
in the hedging reserve, to the extent that the hedge is effective. It is reclassified into profit or loss when the hedged interest expense is settled.

Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. The change in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not 
qualify for hedge accounting is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Any realised gains or losses on settlement of derivatives that do not 
qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in profit and loss and are included within cost of sales regardless of the original 
settlement date of the instrument. 

Derivatives that are not hedge accounted include futures, bilateral written options, market traded caps and swaps and any derivative held for 
trading purposes or to manage renewable certificate price risk including forward purchase agreements held for trading. All derivatives used in 
the Group’s US Business Energy operations are not hedge accounted.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

8
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
13. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

Recognition of day one gain or loss on derivative financial instruments

Evidence of fair value of an investment at initial recognition is often provided by the transaction price, unless the fair value of the instrument is 
evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, or based on a valuation technique whose 
variables include only data from observable markets. Such financial instruments are initially recognised at the transaction price which is the best 
indicator of fair value, although the market value derived by independent valuers may differ. The difference between the transaction price and 
the market value (the day one gain or loss), is not recognised immediately for accounting purposes in profit or loss and is instead recognised 
through profit or loss progressively as the instrument is settled. Any subsequent measurement of the instrument excludes the balance of the 
deferred day one gain or loss.

Key judgments and estimates

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities are estimated for recognition and measurement and for disclosure purposes. 
Management uses its judgement in selecting appropriate valuation techniques for financial instruments not quoted in active markets. 
Valuation techniques commonly used by market practitioners are applied. For derivative financial instruments, assumptions are made based 
on quoted market rates adjusted for specific features of the instrument. Other financial instruments are valued using a discounted cash 
flow analysis based on assumptions supported, where possible, by observable market prices and rates. Refer to note 23 for further details 
of valuation methods used by the Group to determine fair value.

14. HEDGE ACCOUNTING 
Contracts are entered into with individual parties in the normal course of business in order to economically hedge exposure to fluctuations 
in electricity prices, foreign currency and interest rates. These derivative instruments may meet the requirements for hedge accounting. 
The instruments include OTC swaps, options, swaptions, caps and other risk management instruments. Settlement of the contracts require 
exchange of cash for the difference between the contracted and spot market prices. The contracts are measured at fair value and the resultant 
gains or losses that effectively hedge designated risk exposures are deferred within the cash flow reserve.

Electricity derivatives used for hedging
The below carrying values represent the total value of hedge instruments used to hedge electricity price risk recognised on the Group’s balance 
sheet together with maturity of these instruments and associated nominal volume. The value of these instruments excludes the ineffective 
portion that has not been recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve. 

Net asset / (liability)

12 months or less

More than 12 months

Assets
Carrying value(i)

Liabilities
Carrying value(i)

Nominal hedge volume(ii)

2018 
$’000

63,763

13,936

77,699

2017 
$’000

316,631

69,614

386,245

2018 
$’000

(12,149)

(28,093)

(40,242)

2017 
$’000

(10,157)

(15,219)

(25,376)

2018 
TWh

14

3

17

2017 
TWh

12

4

16

(i)  Carrying value of hedging instruments only.

(ii)   Nominal hedge volumes exclude volumes for other instruments that provide an economic hedge but are not hedge accounted for, such as exchange based instruments and instruments 

used in the Group’s US operations.

The Group uses cash flow hedges to mitigate the risk of variability in electricity prices. The instruments that are hedge accounted include OTC 
swaps, options, swaptions, caps and other eligible risk management instruments used in the Groups Australian business energy operations. 

Hedge rates for these instruments vary by product type, time period and region and range from $10 to $300 per MWh.

Instruments held for trading, exchange traded instruments (such as futures contracts), written options and all instruments related to renewable 
energy certificates and our US operations are not hedge accounted. The above nominal hedge volumes exclude volumes associated with these 
instruments. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

9
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 2: OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

14. HEDGE ACCOUNTING (CONTINUED)
The movement in the hedged items for the year ended 30 June 2018 was ($319.7m) (2017: $166.6m). The movement in hedge instruments 
recognised in reserves for the year ended 30 June 2018 was ($319.7m) (2017: $166.5m). There was no hedge ineffectiveness recognised for the 
year ended 30 June 2018 (2017: $0.1m). The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash 
flow hedges are recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity, limited to the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item on 
a present value basis from the inception of the hedge. Effectiveness is assessed against forecast electricity purchase requirements. Where the 
portfolio volume of the cash flow hedge contracts is in excess of forecast electricity purchase requirements for a particular time period an 
amount of ineffectiveness is recognised immediately in profit or loss. 

During the year ended 30 June 2018 amounts accumulated to the cash flow hedge reserve of $88.0m (2017: $453.2m) were settled and 
recognised as a gain in profit and loss.

Interest rate swaps used for hedging
The Neerabup partnership has limited recourse, variable interest rate project finance in place. This variable interest has been swapped into fixed.

Swaps currently in place for the Neerabup partnership cover approximately 97% (2017: 97%) of the variable loan principal outstanding and are 
timed to expire as each loan repayment falls due as set out below.

The fixed interest rate is 7.189% (2017: 7.189%) and the variable rate is 1.1% above the BBSY rate which at the end of the reporting period was 
1.95% (2017: 2.05%).

There was no hedge ineffectiveness in the current or prior year and the movement of the fair value of the hedged item and instrument deferred 
in the hedge reserve was $4.3m (2017: $7.8m).

Swap liabilities

12 months or less

1-2 years

2-5 years

More than 5 years

Consolidated

2018
$’000

6,272

5,782

13,278

4,149

29,481

2017
$’000

6,870

6,033

13,918

6,991

33,812

The above table indicates the periods in which the cash flows associated with cash flow hedges are expected to impact profit or loss and the fair 
value of the related hedging instruments. The notional amount of debt covered by the interest rate swap in place at 30 June 2018 was $126.8m 
(2017: $131.8m). During the year ended 30 June 2018 amounts accumulated to the cash flow hedge reserve of $6.8m (2017: $7.0m) were settled 
and recognised in profit and loss.

Recognition and measurement of derivatives hedge accounted
The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more 
than 12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months. Trading 
derivatives are classified as a current asset or liability.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in the cash flow 
hedge reserve within equity, limited to the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item on a present value basis from the inception of the 
hedge. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Gains or losses relating to the effective portion of the change in intrinsic value of the option contracts are recognised in the cash flow hedge 
reserve within equity. The changes in the time value of the option contracts that relate to the hedged item (‘aligned time value’) are recognised 
within other comprehensive income in the costs of hedging reserve within equity.

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss.

When a hedging instrument expires, or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative 
deferred gain or loss and deferred costs of hedging in equity at that time remains in equity until the forecast transaction occurs, resulting in the 
recognition of a non-financial asset such as inventory. When the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss 
and deferred costs of hedging that were reported in equity are immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

If the hedge ratio for risk management purposes is no longer optimal but the risk management objective remains unchanged and the hedge 
continues to qualify for hedge accounting, the hedge relationship will be rebalanced by adjusting either the volume of the hedging instrument 
or the volume of the hedged item so that the hedge ratio aligns with the ratio used for risk management purposes. Any hedge ineffectiveness is 
calculated and accounted for in profit or loss at the time of the hedge relationship rebalancing. 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

0
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
15. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Consolidated

2018

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Net carrying amount at 30 June 2018

Note

Land 
$’000

Capital work 
in progress 
$’000

Plant and 
equipment 
$’000

Furniture, 
fittings and 
improvements 
$’000

Total 
$’000

22,963

(447)

22,516

669

-

669

508,601

(146,921)

361,680

14,585

(8,768)

5,817

546,818

(156,136)

390,682

Opening net carrying amount at 1 July 2017

22,516

5,549

359,141

4,180

391,386

Exchange differences

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

Depreciation

Assets included in a disposal group classified  
as held for sale 

31

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

566

-

(5,446)

-

-

9

12,254

(315)

5,005

(13,926)

(488)

22

3,336

(15)

441

(1,866)

(281)

31

16,156

(330)

-

(15,792)

(769)

Closing net carrying amount at 30 June 2018

22,516

669

361,680

5,817

390,682

Consolidated

2017

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Net carrying amount at 30 June 2017

Note

Land 
$’000

Capital work 
in progress 
$’000

Plant and 
equipment 
$’000

Furniture, 
fittings and 
improvements 
$’000

Total 
$’000

22,963

(447)

22,516

5,549

492,532

-

(133,391)

5,549

359,141

11,483

(7,303)

4,180

532,527

(141,141)

391,386

Opening net carrying amount at 1 July 2016

22,516

5,288

358,644

4,818

391,266

Exchange differences

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

Depreciation

-

-

-

-

-

Closing net carrying amount at 30 June 2017

22,516

Capital work in progress relates to capitalised costs for power station projects. 

-

5,442

-

(5,181)

-

5,549

(5)

9,897

(55)

5,095

(14,435)

359,141

(5)

803

-

24

(10)

16,142

(55)

(62)

(1,460)

4,180

(15,895)

391,386

One of the Group’s current generation assets, the Neerabup power station, is project financed by limited recourse debt, meaning the security of 
project lenders does not extend beyond the particular generation asset. The Group also raised funds for its equity investment in the Neerabup 
power station by issuing notes in 2008. Those notes are limited-recourse to the Group’s interest in the Neerabup power station.

Refer note 25 for details regarding recourse and limited recourse borrowings of the Group.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

1
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 2: OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

15. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)
Recognition and measurement
Items of property, plant and equipment are initially measured at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is 
directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Cost may also include transfers from equity of any gains / losses on qualifying cash flow 
hedges of foreign currency purchases of property, plant and equipment.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that 
future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All repairs and 
maintenance expenses are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred. 

Assets that are subject to depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. For the purposes of assessing 
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows.

Capital work in progress comprises costs incurred to date on construction of power generation plants. Asset residual values and useful lives 
are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each balance date. Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds to the 
carrying amount. These are included in the income statement.

Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete and 
prepare the asset for its intended use or sale. Other borrowing costs are expensed.

The capitalisation rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs to be capitalised to each project is the effective interest rate applicable 
to the specific borrowings at a project level during the year.

Key judgments and estimates

Depreciation

Land and capital work in progress are not depreciated. 

Depreciation on the other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost, net of their residual values, over their 
estimated useful lives, as follows:

Leasehold improvements  

the lesser of the remaining lease term and the life of the asset

Motor vehicles  

8 years

Power stations and power station components 

1 – 50 years

Other plant and equipment   

IT Equipment  

Furniture and fittings 

1 – 15 years

1 – 3 years

1 – 10 years

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

2
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Consolidated

Note

Goodwill 
$’000

Capital work 
in progress 
$’000

Software 
internally 
generated  
$’000

Software  
and other 
$’000

Customer 
acquisition 
costs 
$’000

Total 
$’000

2018

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Net carrying amount at 30 June 2018

6,454

-

6,454

Opening net carrying amount at 1 July 2017

26,806

Current period trailing commission sales and 
additions

(i)

Exchange differences

Additions

Disposals

Transfer

Amortisation

Impairment expense

Assets included in a disposal group classified 
as held for sale 

(ii)

31/(iii)

-

829

-

-

-

-

-

(21,181)

1,478

-

1,478

91

-

-

1,428

-

(41)

-

-

-

27,913

(12,215)

15,698

5,224

(3,412)

1,812

13,521

3,258

-

-

5,606

-

100

-

74

506

(167)

(59)

29,853

(16,829)

13,024

45,702

36,401

1,825

-

-

-

(3,529)

(1,159)

(23,488)

-

-

-

(1,034)

(641)

(46,382)

(68,204)

Closing net carrying amount at 30 June 2018

6,454

1,478

15,698

1,812

13,024

38,466

Consolidated

2017

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Net carrying amount at 30 June 2017

Note

Goodwill 
$’000

Capital work 
in progress 
$’000

Software 
internally 
generated  
$’000

Software  
and other 
$’000

Customer 
acquisition 
costs 
$’000

Total 
$’000

26,806

-

26,806

91

-

91

22,204

(8,683)

13,521

7,237

(3,979)

3,258

71,188

(25,486)

45,702

Opening net carrying amount at 1 July 2016

32,568

1,304

12,501

2,026

Current period trailing commission sales  
and additions

(i)

-

Exchange differences

Additions

Transfers

Amortisation

(807)

-

-

-

Assets included in a disposal group classified 
as held for sale and other disposals

31

(4,955)

Closing net carrying amount at 30 June 2017

26,806

(i)  Refer to note 20 for corresponding provision movement. 

-

-

8

(1,221)

-

-

91

-

-

3,813

292

-

(50)

1,330

991

30,642

31,850

(1,060)

-

-

(3,085)

(1,039)

(15,488)

-

-

(242)

13,521

3,258

45,702

89,378

(ii) 

(iii) 

Impairment of the SME single site customer acquisition costs held for sale at 30 June 2018.

 The $68.2m intangible assets held for sale reflects management’s decision to sell the US business Source Power & Gas ($64.8m) and the single site SME customer contracts from the 
Business Energy Australia operations ($3.4m). 

Amortisation of intangible assets is included in depreciation and amortisation expense in the income statement.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3
8

70,922

(32,456)

38,466

89,378

36,401

2,728

7,540

(167)

-

(28,176)

(1,034)

127,526

(38,148)

89,378

79,041

31,850

(1,917)

5,151

62

(19,612)

(5,197)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 2: OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

16. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)
Recognition and measurement

Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates is included in investments in 
associates. Goodwill is not amortised but it is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that it might be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the 
carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or 
groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose, identified according to 
operating segments.

Software
Computer software is either purchased or developed within the organisation to support business operations and generate customer revenue. 
Software assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. 

Customer acquisition costs
The direct costs of establishing customer contracts are recognised as an asset when the customer contract is expected to provide a future 
economic benefit to the Group. Direct costs are amortised over an average contract term. In the event that a customer contract is not fulfilled 
and direct costs are not recoverable from the channel partner, a provision for impairment is recognised. 

Customer contracts acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. They have a finite useful life and are 
subsequently carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Customer contracts that are acquired through a trailing commission agreement have a corresponding provision liability recognised. The provision 
liability is measured against forecast payments required and is discounted at a risk free rate.

Key judgments and estimates

Purchase price allocation
AASB 3 Business Combinations requires the recognition of fair value estimates of assets and liabilities acquired. By the nature of these 
estimates, judgements are made on the allocation of the purchase consideration. Goodwill is not amortised. 

Amortisation
Amortisation of intangible assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost, net of their residual values, over their 
estimated useful lives, as follows:

Software 

3 – 10 years

Customer acquisition costs (Australia)   

Average contract term of 2 years (2017: 2 years) 

Customer acquisition costs (United States) 

Over individual contract term as trailing fee paid

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4
8

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS 

The Group tests property, plant and equipment, intangibles and goodwill for impairment: 

• 

• 

• 

at least annually for indefinite life intangibles and goodwill; and 

where there is an indication that the asset may be impaired (which is assessed at least each reporting date); or 

where there is an indication that previously recognised impairment (on assets other than goodwill) may have changed. 

If the asset does not generate independent cash inflows and its value in use cannot be estimated to be close to its fair value, the asset is 
tested for impairment as part of the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which it belongs. Assets are impaired if their carrying value exceeds 
their recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is determined as the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal or 
value in use.

At 30 June 2018 the Group did not have any indefinite life intangible assets. The Group had goodwill of $27.6m of which 77% related to the 
Group’s US operations, which are classified as held for sale. Refer to note 31 for further details.

Recognition and measurement
An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount 
is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. 

Impairment losses recognised for goodwill are not reversed. Impairment losses recognised in prior periods for other assets are assessed at each 
reporting date for any indications that the impairment loss has decreased or may no longer exist. The impairment loss is reversed if there has 
been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount of the asset and is reversed only to the extent that the carrying 
amount of the asset does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of amortisation or depreciation, had no 
impairment loss been recognised. 

There were no material reversals of impairment in the current or prior year.

Key judgments and estimates
At 30 June 2018 the Group has tested goodwill for impairment and made critical judgements with respect to assumptions used in the value 
in use assessment. These assumptions are set out below. 

CGU

Goodwill allocation

Pre-tax discount 
rate

Years of cash flows 
included

Cumulative average  
growth rate(i)

Terminal growth rate

Energy Solutions(ii)

2018 
$’000

6,454

2017 
$’000

6,454

2018 
%

2017 
%

13.3%

14.9%

2018 
years

5

2017 
years

5

2018 
%

15%

2017 
%

39.2%

2018 
%

3%

2017 
%

2.5%

(i)  Cumulative average growth rate is based on revenue.

(ii) 

 Energy Solutions CGU goodwill includes the goodwill arising on the acquisition of Lumaled Pty Ltd and Greensense Pty Ltd. The acquisitions of these businesses were completed in the 
first half of 2016. 

Management have utilised a value in use model to test goodwill for impairment at 30 June 2018 for the CGU. In assessing value in use, the 
estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU. 

Sensitivity analysis on reasonably possible changes to the discount rates or growth rates would result in an outcome where impairment would 
be required for the Energy Solutions goodwill as carrying value is equal to fair value. Directors and management have considered the likelihood 
of this change and have not updated the impairment calculation given the strong revenue growth for the current year, early lifecycle stage of the 
Energy Solutions business and availability of capital to fund organic growth.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 2: OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

18. LEASE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Right of use lease assets

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Net carrying amount at 30 June 2018

Adoption of AASB 16 Leases

Opening net carrying amount at 1 July 

Exchange differences

Additions

Amortisation

Classified as held for sale 

Closing net carrying amount at 30 June 

Note

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

15,876

(5,352)

10,524

-

14,381

37

39

(2,943)

(990)

10,524

2017 
$’000

17,278

(2,897)

14,381

14,408

-

(23)

2,893

(2,897)

-

14,381

31

The Group leases office premises in Brisbane, Sydney, Melbourne, Perth, Newcastle and Houston. Income from the sublease of the Group’s 
office premises for the year ended 30 June 2018 is $431,110 (2017: $385,277).

Lease liabilities

Current

Lease liabilities

Non-current

Lease liabilities

Total lease liabilities

Undiscounted lease payments to be received

1 year

2 years

3 years

4 years

5 years

>5 years

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

3,681

3,605

13,588

17,269

18,375

21,980

451

469

488

510

204

-

433

451

469

488

510

204

2,122

2,555

Refer to Note 7 for interest expense on the lease liabilities and the consolidated statement of cash flows for the total cash outflow  
for the leases.

Recognition and measurement

Leased assets

Leased assets are capitalised at the commencement date of the lease and comprise of the initial lease liability amount, initial direct costs 
incurred when entering into the lease less any lease incentives received. 

On initial adoption of AASB 16 the Group has adjusted the right-of-use assets at the date of initial application by the amount of any provision 
for onerous leases recognised immediately before the date of initial application. Following initial application, an impairment review is undertaken 
for any right of use lease asset that shows indicators of impairment and an impairment loss is recognised against any right of use lease assets that 
is impaired. 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
18. LEASE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

Leased liabilities

The lease liability is measured at the present value of the fixed and variable lease payments net of cash lease incentives that are not paid at the 
balance date. Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges and reduction of the lease liability using the incremental borrowing 
rate implicit in the lease to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Lease payments for buildings exclude 
service fees for cleaning and other costs. 

Lease modifications are accounted for as a new lease with an effective date of the modification. 

Key judgments and estimates

Amortisation

Amortisation of leased assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost, net of their residual values, over their 
estimated useful lives being the lesser of the remaining lease term and the life of the asset.

19. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 

Current

Trade creditors and accruals

Other creditors

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

268,525

155,114

423,639

344,335

119,979

464,314

Recognition and measurement
These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial period and which are unpaid. 
The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 60 days of recognition.

Key judgments and estimates

Accrued electricity network costs

Accrued electricity network costs payable requires estimates of average daily usage where no meter data is available.  
This usage estimate is combined with a customer specific network tariff to estimate accrued network costs.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 2: OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

20. PROVISIONS 

Current

Employee benefits - annual leave

Customer acquisition cost provision

Non-current

Employee benefits - long service leave

Customer acquisition cost provision

Movements in provisions

Carrying amount at start of the year

Onerous contract provision derecognised on adoption of AASB16 Leases

Additional provision recognised and charged to profit and loss 

Amounts used during the year

Current period trailing commission sales and additions provision recognised

Current period commission sales paid

Classified as held for sale

Exchange differences

Note

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

(i)

(ii)

31

2,093

4,503

6,596

1,880

2,342

4,222

37,417

-

2,669

(2,087)

36,401

(26,096)

(39,181)

1,695

10,818

2,167

12,644

14,811

1,573

21,033

22,606

27,426

(1,850)

2,165

(2,598)

22,548

(9,019)

(242)

(1,013)

37,417

(i) 

 The entire amount of the annual leave provision is presented as current since the Group does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for any of these obligations. In addition, 
based on past experience, the Group expects all employees to take the full amount of accrued leave or require payment within the next 12 months.

(ii)  Corresponding amount capitalised as an intangible asset. 

Recognition and measurement

Commission payments

Customer contracts that are acquired through commission agreements have a corresponding provision liability recognised. The provision liability 
is measured against forecast payments required and is discounted at a risk free rate.

Employee benefits

Liabilities arising in respect of wages and salaries, annual leave and any other employee entitlements expected to be settled within 12 months of 
balance date are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

Long service leave liabilities are measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflow to be made in respect of services provided 
by employees up to balance date. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, projected employee movements and periods 
of service. Expected future payments are discounted using the G100 discount rate for corporate bonds at balance date that matches, as closely 
as possible, the estimated future cash flows.

Liabilities for employee benefits in the form of bonus plans are recognised in liabilities when it is probable that the liability will be settled and 
there are formal terms in place to determine the amount of the benefit. Liabilities for bonus plans are expected to be settled within 12 months 
and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when they are settled.

Key judgments and estimates

Employee benefits

Provisions for employee benefits include assumptions around expected future wage and salary levels and expected periods of service for 
the purposes of assessing the long service leave liability.  

Commission payments

Provisions for commission payments include assumptions around forecast electricity usage for currently contracted customers acquired 
through a brokerage arrangement. 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

8
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
21. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 
Recognised deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities

Movement in temporary differences  - consolidated

Note

Opening 
balance 
$’000

Recognised 
in income 
statement 
$’000

Currency 
translation 
differences 
$’000

Recognised 
in equity 
$’000

Closing 
balance 
$’000

2018

Carried forward income tax losses

Net derivative financial liabilities

Employee provisions

Lease liabilities

Other items

Deferred tax assets

Set-off deferred tax liabilities

Write-down of deferred tax assets

(i)

Net deferred tax assets

Net derivative financial assets

Property, plant and equipment and intangibles

Lease assets

Goodwill

Associates

Other items

Deferred tax liabilities

Set-off deferred tax assets

Net deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets for discontinued operations

31/(ii)

Net deferred tax liabilities for continuing operations

2017

Carried forward income tax losses

Employee provisions

Lease liabilities

Other items

Deferred tax assets

Set-off deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

Net derivative financial assets

Property, plant and equipment and intangibles

Lease assets

Goodwill

Associates

Other items

Deferred tax liabilities

Set-off deferred tax assets

Net deferred tax liabilities

5,817

-

4,352

6,662

7,785

24,616

(109,576)

(68,976)

(4,375)

(1,650)

(72)

(4,497)

(189,146)

11,821

1,361

2,022

4,752

19,956

(49,176)

(61,001)

-

(882)

-

(2,778)

4,692

14,389

284

(1,249)

622

18,738

13,587

(8,553)

1,023

320

(107)

(727)

5,543

(5,870)

2,992

1

3,046

169

(10,424)

(7,951)

(50)

(799)

(72)

(1,719)

1,117

-

58

17

37

1,229

87

34

(13)

(121)

-

(3)

(16)

(134)

3

(13)

(145)

(16)

(24)

(2)

31

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

95,902

-

-

-

-

28

11,626

14,389

4,694

5,430

8,444

44,583

(30,594)

(10,279)

3,710

-

(77,495)

(3,365)

(1,451)

(179)

(5,199)

95,930

(87,689)

30,594

(57,095)

3,710

(57,095)

5,817

4,352

6,662

7,785

24,616

(10,766)

13,850

-

-

4,636

-

4,636

(49,960)

(109,576)

-

(68,976)

(4,323)

-

-

-

(4,375)

(1,650)

(72)

(4,497)

(113,837)

(21,015)

(11)

(54,283)

(189,146)

10,766

(178,380)

(i)  Estimated non-recoverability of US deferred tax assets.

(ii)  The deferred tax asset remaining for the US discontinued operations relates to the amount expected to be recoverable on sale. Recognition and measurement

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

9
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 2: OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

21. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)
Recognition and measurement 
Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts 
will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments 
in controlled entities where the entity is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the 
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the 
deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. 

Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, 
or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities have not been recognised for the following items:

Tax losses not recognised

Unused capital tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised

Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised – continuing operations

Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised – discontinued operation 

Potential Australian tax benefit at 30%

Potential US tax benefit at 21%

Note

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

15,127

698

37,697

4,748

7,916

2017 
$’000

15,127

-

-

4,538

-

(i)  The unused capital losses were incurred from the disposal of capital investments that are not likely to be recouped in the foreseeable future. 

(ii)  The unused tax losses were incurred by a joint venture the Group invests in. The losses are not likely to generate taxable income in the foreseeable future.

(iii)  The unused tax losses were incurred by the US business Source Power & Gas that is not likely to generate taxable income in the foreseeable future.

Unrecognised temporary differences
Temporary difference relating to investments in subsidiaries for which deferred tax balances have not been recognised:

Foreign currency translation

Net US deferred tax balances 

Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities relating to the above temporary differences

Unrecognised deferred tax assets relating to the above temporary differences

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

(2,671)

11,251

(561)

2,363

2017 
$’000

(1,361)

-

(476)

-

Temporary differences of a net $1.8m asset (2017: $0.5m liability) have arisen as a result of unrealised mark to market valuations of derivatives, 
employee provisions, timing differences between tax and accounting depreciation, the translation of the financial statements of the Group’s 
subsidiary in the US and other various items. However, a deferred tax asset has not been recognised as taxable profit against which the asset can 
be utilised is not expected to be available. 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

0
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
21. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)
Tax consolidation
The Company and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities, have implemented the tax consolidation legislation. The entities in the tax 
consolidated group have entered into tax sharing agreements which, in the opinion of the directors, limits the joint and several liability of the 
wholly-owned entities in the case of a default by the head entity being ERM Power Limited.

The entities in the tax consolidated group have also entered into tax funding agreements under which the wholly-owned entities fully 
compensate the head entity for any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by the head entity for any current tax receivable and 
deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to the head entity under the tax consolidation 
legislation. The funding amounts are determined by reference to the amounts recognised in the wholly-owned entities’ financial statements. 
The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are due upon receipt of the funding advice from the head entity, which is 
issued as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year. The head entity may also require payment of interim funding amounts to assist 
with its obligations to pay tax instalments. The funding amounts are recognised as current intercompany receivables or payables.

Key judgments and estimates

Deferred tax assets

The Group has recognised deferred tax assets relating to carried forward tax losses to the extent there are sufficient taxable temporary 
differences (deferred tax liabilities) relating to the same taxation authority against which the unused tax losses can be utilised. However, 
utilisation of the tax losses also depends on the ability of the entity to satisfy certain tests at the time the losses are recouped.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

1
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 3: CAPITAL AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

22. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
Financial risk management objectives
The Group’s activities are exposed to a variety of financial risks, including:

(a)  Market risk (commodity price and interest rate), 

(b) 

(c) 

Credit risk (refer Note 10), and 

Liquidity risk.

The Group’s overall risk management strategy focuses on the unpredictability of markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the 
financial performance of the Group. The Group uses a variety of derivative financial instruments such as electricity derivatives and interest rate 
swaps to hedge against certain risk exposures. Further details on these instruments are set out in notes 13 and 14.

The Group uses different methods to measure the different types of risk to which it is exposed. These methods include sensitivity analysis in the 
case of interest rate, foreign exchange and other price risks, and ageing analysis for credit risk.

Market risk

Electricity pool price risk

The Group is exposed to fluctuations in wholesale market electricity prices as a result of electricity generation and sales. 

Group policies prescribe active management of exposures arising from forecast electricity sales within prescribed limits. In doing so, various 
hedging contracts have been entered into with individual market participants. Any unhedged position has the potential for variation in net profit 
from fluctuations in electricity pool prices.

Subsidiaries in the Group’s electricity sales segment routinely enter into forward sales contracts for the provision of electricity. The Group is 
exposed to a market risk of price fluctuations between the fixed price of these contracts and the relevant spot price of the electricity pool at 
the time of usage. The majority of this exposure to fluctuations in wholesale market electricity prices is managed through the use of various 
types of hedging contracts. The hedge portfolio consists predominantly of swaps, caps, futures and options. Electricity derivatives are either 
entered into in separate agreements or arise as embedded derivatives. Whilst the Group recognises the fair value of electricity derivative 
contracts for accounting purposes, the Group is not permitted to similarly recognise the fair value of the sales contracts that form the other side 
of the economic hedging relationship.

The following tables summarise the impact of a 10% change in the relevant forward prices for wholesale market electricity prices for the Group 
at the balance date, while all other variables were held constant. 

Electricity sales sensitivity 

The impact disclosed below summarises the sensitivity on the unrealised mark to market of electricity derivatives contracts only and does not 
include any corresponding movement in the value of customer contracts, which would vary in the opposite direction to the underlying hedge. 
As electricity forward prices increase above the contracted price of a derivative contract (buy side contract) the derivative contract becomes 
more valuable as it allows the Group to effectively purchase electricity at a cost lower than the prevailing forward market price. Equally, the 
value of the corresponding customer contract (sell side contract) decreases as the Group has contracted to sell electricity to a customer at a 
price lower than the prevailing forward market price. Only the mark to market on the buy side contract has been recognised for accounting 
purposes regardless of whether there is an effective hedge in place. 

2018

Net profit / (loss) – unrealised mark to market of electricity derivative contracts 

Other Components of Equity increase / (decrease)

Increase by 
10% 
$’000

Decrease by 
10% 
$’000

185,428

83,404

(157,180)

(215,847)

2017

Net profit / (loss) – unrealised mark to market of electricity derivative contracts

Other Components of Equity increase / (decrease)

96,862

198,957

(5,610)

(167,269)

Sensitivity of 10% has been selected as this is considered reasonably possible based on industry standard benchmarks and historical volatilities.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

2
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
22. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

Electricity generation sensitivity

The impact disclosed below summarises the sensitivity on the profit of generating assets held by the Group resulting from a change in 
spot prices. 

2018

Net profit / (loss)

Other Components of Equity increase / (decrease)

2017

Net profit / (loss)

Other Components of Equity increase / (decrease)

Increase by 
10% 
$’000

Decrease by 
10% 
$’000

5,695

-

3,687

-

(5,695)

-

(3,687)

-

Sensitivity of 10% has been selected as this is considered reasonably possible based on industry standard benchmarks and historical volatilities.

Interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on the funds it borrows at floating interest rates and on cash deposits. The risk is managed by entering 
into interest rate swap contracts for project term debt. The sensitivity analysis to net profit (being profit before tax) and equity has been 
determined based on the exposure to interest rates at the balance date and assumes that there are concurrent movements in interest rates and 
parallel shifts in the yield curves. A sensitivity of 50 basis points has been selected as this is considered reasonable given the current level of 
short term and long term interest rates.

At balance date, if interest rates had been 50 basis points higher / lower and all other variables were held constant, the impact on the Group 
would be:

2018

Net profit / (loss)

Other equity increase / (decrease)

2017

Net profit / (loss)

Other equity increase / (decrease)

Increase by 
50bps 
$’000

Decrease by 
50bps 
$’000

434

2,141

(434)

(2,141)

663

2,504

(663)

(2,504)

The impact on net profit is largely due to the Group’s exposure to interest rates on its non-hedged variable rate borrowings and cash assets.

Foreign exchange risk

The Group operates a US electricity retail business and is exposed to foreign currency translation risk in respect of the investment. There is no 
debt in respect of this investment and there are no cross currency transactions that expose the Group to further foreign exchange risk. 

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies 
maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities 
and the ability to close out market positions. The Group manages liquidity risk by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and 
matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Surplus funds are generally only invested in instruments that are tradeable in 
highly liquid markets. Information regarding undrawn finance facilities available as at 30 June 2018 is contained in Note 25.

Maturities of financial liabilities

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities, including net and gross settled derivative financial instruments, into relevant maturity 
groupings based on the remaining period at balance date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the 
contractual undiscounted cash flows. For interest rate swaps the cash flows have been estimated using forward interest rates applicable at 
balance date. For electricity derivatives the cash flows have been estimated using forward electricity prices at balance date. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 3: CAPITAL AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

22. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

Financial liabilities

Consolidated

2018

Trade payables and accrued expenses 

Other payables

Leased liabilities 

Interest bearing liabilities

Interest bearing liabilities – limited recourse(i)

Derivatives

2017

Trade payables and accrued expenses

Other payables

Leased liabilities

Interest bearing liabilities – limited recourse(i)

Derivatives

≤1 year 
$’000

1 to 5 years 
$’000

>5 years 
$’000

Discount 
$’000

Total 
$’000

268,525

155,114

4,276

150,831

8,904

34,511

-

-

14,509

-

96,722

74,762

622,161

185,993

344,335

119,979

4,383

8,264

40,758

517,719

-

-

17,961

30,587

53,592

-

-

-

-

87,814

4,149

91,963

-

-

2,010

159,603

6,992

-

-

(1,516)

-

(7,969)

-

268,525

155,114

17,269

150,831

185,471

113,422

(9,485)

890,632

-

-

(2,374)

(9,537)

-

344,335

119,979

21,980

188,917

101,342

102,140

168,605

(11,911)

776,553

(i)  Recourse limited to assets of the Neerabup Partnership. Refer note 29 for further details.

Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital so that it will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return to stakeholders through an 
appropriate mix of debt and equity. This approach is consistent with prior years. The capital structure of the Group as at balance date consists 
of total corporate facilities, as listed in note 25, total limited recourse facilities as listed in note 25 and equity, comprising issued capital, reserves 
and retained earnings as listed in notes 26 and 27.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

The Group is required to provide prudential credit support to various parties which it does through the provision of bank guarantees or cash 
collateral. It also has a working capital facility in place which is settled each month. A large percentage of the Group debt is in the form of limited 
recourse project finance provided directly to power stations in which the Group has an interest. During the financial year ended 30 June 2018 
the entity complied with all applicable debt covenants. 

The quantitative analysis of the Group’s gearing structure is illustrated below. To consider the risk of the Company’s capital structure it is 
appropriate to segregate the power stations from the rest of the Group. The table below illustrates the gearing and interest cover for the Group. 
When the Neerabup assets and associated limited recourse debt are excluded the Group has no net debt.

Gearing percentage(i)

Gearing percentage(i) excluding Neerabup

EBITDAF Interest cover ratio for continuing operations

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

28.2%

0%

3.57

2017 
$’000

0%

0%

3.19

(i) 

 Gearing percentage is calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total interest-bearing borrowings less cash and cash equivalents. 

Total capital is calculated as ‘equity’ as shown in the statement of financial position plus net debt less reserves attributable to  
fair value adjustments.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities 
The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities must be estimated for recognition, measurement and disclosure purposes. The carrying 
amounts and estimated fair values of all the Group’s financial instruments recognised in the financial statements are materially the same, with 
the exception of the following:

Financial assets

Electricity and gas derivative financial instruments

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

Carrying 
value

99,095

99,095

2018 
$’000

Fair value

123,126

123,126

The carrying value of derivative financial assets recognised excludes a day one gain on certain electricity derivatives. In accordance with the 
Groups accounting policy a day one gain has not been recognised with the day one value of certain instruments entered into initially valued 
at the transaction price, which is the best indicator of fair value. Any gain subsequently realised is progressively recognised as the instruments 
are settled. The measurement of the instruments at 30 June 2018 excludes the remaining balance of the deferred day one gain of $24.1m. At 
inception the day one gain was $31.9m. The movement in the day one gain balance relates to settlement of derivatives through profit and loss 
during the year.

Key judgments and estimates
The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement and for disclosure purposes. 
The financial assets and liabilities held by the Group and the fair value approach for each is outlined below:

Financial asset and liability 

Fair value approach

Cash and cash equivalents    

The carrying amount is fair value due to the asset’s liquid nature. 

Derivative financial instruments 

 The fair value of derivative instruments included in hedging assets and liabilities is 
calculated using quoted prices. The fair value of financial instruments that are not 
traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) is determined 
using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods, such as discounted 
cash flows, and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each 
balance date. These amounts reflect the estimated amount which the Group would 
be required to pay or receive to terminate (or replace) the contracts at their current 
market rates at balance date. Where the derivative instrument life extends beyond the 
period of available market data valuation techniques and assumptions are used in the 
fair value estimate.

Other financial assets  

 Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of loans, receivables, and cash and 
cash equivalents approximate their fair value.

Other financial liabilities at amortised cost 

 The Group holds various trade payables and borrowings at period end. Due to the 
short-term nature of the trade payables the carrying value of these are assumed to 
approximate their fair value. The fair value of borrowings is not materially different 
then the carrying amounts as the interest rates are close to current market rates or are 
short-term in nature. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 3: CAPITAL AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (CONTINUED)

The following tables present the Group’s assets and liabilities measured and recognised at fair value at 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2017.

As at 30 June 2018

Assets

Electricity and commodity derivatives

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Total assets

Liabilities

Electricity and commodity derivatives

Interest rates swaps

Total liabilities

As at 30 June 2017

Assets

Electricity and commodity derivatives

Embedded derivative contract

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Total assets

Liabilities

Electricity and commodity derivatives

Interest rates swaps

Total liabilities

Level 1

Level 1 
$’000

Level 2 
$’000

Level 3 
$’000

Total 
$’000

5,233

93,862

9

-

5,242

93,862

1,790

-

1,790

82,151

29,481

111,632

-

-

-

-

-

-

99,095

9

99,104

83,941

29,481

113,422

Level 1 
$’000

Level 2 
$’000

Level 3 
$’000

Total 
$’000

8,871

397,705

-

15

30

-

8,886

397,735

7,983

-

7,983

59,547

33,812

93,359

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

406,576

30

15

406,621

67,530

33,812

101,342

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. The quoted 
market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. 

Level 2

The fair values of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market are determined using valuation techniques. The Group uses a 
variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at the end of each reporting period. Quoted market 
prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments are used to estimate fair value for long-term debt for disclosure purposes. Other techniques, such 
as estimated discounted cash flows, are used to determine fair value for the remaining financial instruments. The fair value of interest rate swaps 
is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows. 

Level 3

A valuation technique for these instruments is based on significant unobservable inputs.

The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting period. For the 
years ending 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2017 there were no transfers between the fair value hierarchy levels.

Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet where the Group currently has a legally 
enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts, and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability 
simultaneously. The Group has also entered into arrangements that do not meet the criteria for offsetting but still allow for the related amounts 
to be set off in certain circumstances, such as bankruptcy or the termination of a contract.

The following table presents the recognised financial instruments that are offset, or subject to enforceable master netting arrangements and 
other similar agreements but not offset, as at 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2017. The column ‘net exposure’ shows the impact on the Group’s 
balance sheet if all set-off rights were exercised.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (CONTINUED)
The below table provides a reconciliation of the Group’s gross derivative financial assets and liabilities offset to those presented on the 
consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2018 and as at 30 June 2017.

As at 30 June 2018  
$’000

Financial assets

Electricity and commodity  
derivatives contracts

Total

Financial liabilities

Electricity and commodity  
derivatives contracts

Interest rate swaps

Total

As at 30 June 2017  
$’000

Financial assets

Electricity and commodity  
derivatives contracts

Gross 
carrying 
amount 
(before 
offsetting)

Gross 
amounts 
offset

Cash 
collateral 
and futures 
margin 
deposits 
paid / 
(received)

Net 
amount 
presented 

Related amounts not offset

Financial 
instruments(i)

Cash 
collateral 

Net 
exposure

245,467

(172,457)

26,085

99,095

(12,225)

245,467

(172,457)

26,085

99,095

(12,225)

-

-

86,870

86,870

256,398

(172,457)

29,481

-

285,879

(172,457)

-

-

-

83,941

(12,225)

9,997

81,713

29,481

113,422

-

-

(12,225)

9,997

29,481

111,194

Gross 
carrying 
amount 
(before 
offsetting)

Gross 
amounts 
offset

Cash 
collateral 
and futures 
margin 
deposits 
paid / 
(received)

Net 
amount 
presented 

Related amounts not offset

Financial 
instruments(i)

Cash 
collateral 

Net 
exposure

547,777

(78,192)

(63,009)

406,576

(3,925)

(46,462)

356,189

Foreign exchange derivatives contract

30

-

-

30

-

-

30

Total

547,807

(78,192)

(63,009)

406,606

(3,925)

(46,462)

356,219

Financial liabilities

Electricity and commodity  
derivatives contracts

Interest rate swaps

Total

145,948

(78,192)

(226)

67,530

(3,925)

1,340

64,945

33,812

-

-

33,812

-

-

179,760

(78,192)

(226)

101,342

(3,925)

1,340

33,812

98,757

(i)  Financial instruments that do not meet the criteria for offsetting but may be offset in certain circumstances.

24. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Current

Restricted cash

Non-restricted cash at bank and cash on hand

Total cash and cash equivalents

The cash and cash equivalents are bearing interest at rates between nil and 2.75%.

Restricted cash

Term deposits

Other restricted cash deposits

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

160,038

67,598

227,636

34,120

125,918

160,038

118,465

126,151

244,616

33,547

84,918

118,465

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 3: CAPITAL AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

24. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (CONTINUED)
Restricted cash
Cash that is reserved and its use specifically restricted for maintenance and/or debt servicing under the Group’s borrowing agreements is 
defined as restricted cash. Cash that is on deposit with counterparties as security deposits and cash that is on deposit with financial institutions 
as security for bank guarantees issued to various counterparties as credit support, is defined as restricted cash, with a corresponding disclosure 
in contingent liabilities in Note 34. Cash collateral held in margin accounts to facilitate wholesale price hedging on the ASX Energy Exchange is 
classified as restricted cash unless it is eligible for offset against the corresponding derivative liability. As at 30 June 2018 $22.3m cash collateral 
held in initial margin accounts has been offset against the corresponding asset or liability (2017: $96.4m). 

The restricted cash deposits, held on term deposit, are bearing interest at rates between 1.75% and 2.75%.

Recognition and measurement
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, and other short-term highly liquid investments 
with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant 
risk of changes in value, net of any bank overdrafts. These assets are stated at nominal values.

Cash that is reserved and its use specifically restricted for maintenance and / or debt servicing under the Group’s borrowing agreements is 
defined as restricted cash. Cash that is on deposit with counterparties as security deposits and cash that is on deposit with financial institutions 
as security for bank guarantees issued to various counterparties as credit support, is defined as restricted cash, with a corresponding disclosure 
in contingent liabilities in Note 34. Cash collateral held in margin accounts to facilitate wholesale price hedging on the ASX Energy Exchange is 
classified as restricted cash unless it is eligible for offset against the corresponding derivative liability.  

25. BORROWINGS

Current

Secured

Bank loan - Receivables financing facility

Secured - limited recourse

Bank loan - Neerabup working capital facility

Bank loan - Neerabup term facility 

Total current borrowings

Non-current

Secured - limited recourse

Bank loan - Neerabup term facility

Convertible notes

Total non-current borrowings

Total borrowings

Note

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iii)

(iv)

150,831

150,831

3,000

5,904

8,904

159,735

124,537

52,030

176,567

176,567

-

-

3,000

5,264

8,264

8,264

130,190

50,463

180,653

180,653

336,302

188,917

Information on credit risk, fair value and interest rate risk exposure of the Group is provided at note 22.

(i)   Amounts drawn down on receivables financing facility secured against billed and unbilled electricity sales customer revenue receivables. The facility is available until July 2020.

(ii)  Amounts drawn down on a limited recourse bank working capital facility by Neerabup Partnership. This debt has recourse to the assets of Neerabup Partnership only.

(iii)  Amounts drawn down on a limited recourse term debt facility in respect of the Neerabup Partnership. This debt has recourse to the assets of Neerabup Partnership only.

(iv)  Convertible notes are redeemable by the issuer from 30 September 2010 until maturity in February 2023. Notes have a coupon rate that is variable based on BBSY plus 4%. The notes are 
accounted for using the effective interest method at 7.62% (2017: 7.78%). The notes can only be converted to shares in the issuing subsidiary upon failure to redeem them at maturity or 
other named event of default. The notes have recourse to the Group’s 50% interest in the Neerabup partnership only. 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

8
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
25. BORROWINGS (CONTINUED)
Financing facilities available
The Group’s financing facilities predominantly relate to limited recourse power station development activities. Funding is drawn down 
progressively according to project time lines. At balance date, the following financing facilities had been negotiated and were available:

Total facilities - bank loans

Facilities used at balance date - bank loans

Facilities unused at balance date - bank loans

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

413,123

2017 
$’000

391,463

(324,426)

(179,020)

88,697

212,443

Recognition and measurement
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognized on an effective yield basis. 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the 
relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial 
liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period.

Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the 
borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan 
to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw down occurs. 
To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for 
liquidity services and amortised over the period of the facility to which it relates.

Preference shares, which are mandatorily redeemable on a specific date, are classified as liabilities. The dividends on these preference shares are 
recognised in profit or loss as finance costs.

Borrowings are removed from the statement of financial position when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or 
expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the 
consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss as other income or finance 
costs. Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least  
12 months after the reporting period.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

9
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 3: CAPITAL AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

26. CONTRIBUTED EQUITY

Issued ordinary shares – fully paid

Treasury shares

Movement in ordinary share capital

At the beginning of the period

Note

Consolidated

Consolidated

2018 
Number of 
shares

2017 
Number of 
shares

255,421,056

252,708,202

(7,531,156)

(7,648,455)

247,889,900

245,059,747

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

350,745

(10,314)

340,431

346,621

(11,609)

335,012

252,708,202

245,836,004

346,621

339,669

Issue of new shares – employee incentive scheme

33

3,948,853

5,588,171

Issue of shares – dividend reinvestment plan

Shares bought back on-market and cancelled,  
including transaction costs (net of tax)

Transfer from share buy-back reserve

Transfer from share based payment reserve

Transfer to treasury shares

At the end of the period

503,561

1,284,027

(1,739,560)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

6,841

673

(2,880)

408

3,052

(3,970)

5,606

1,301

-

-

304

(259)

255,421,056

252,708,202

350,745

346,621

Terms and conditions of contributed equity 

Ordinary shares

During the year ended 30 June 2018, there were no capital raisings undertaken.

Ordinary shares have the right to receive dividends as declared and, in the event of winding up the Company, to participate in the proceeds from 
the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of shares held. Ordinary shares entitle their holder to one vote, either in person or by 
proxy, at a meeting of the Company. Ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.

Treasury shares

Treasury shares are shares that are held in trust for the purpose of issuing shares under employee share incentive schemes. For details of shares 
and options issued under employee share schemes see note 33. 

Share buy-back

During the year ended 30 June 2018, the Company purchased and cancelled 1,739,560 ordinary shares on-market. The shares were acquired  
at an average price of $1.61. The total cost of $2.9m, including $0.1m of after tax transaction costs, was deducted from contributed equity.  
As the shares were bought back at an average price in excess of the share capital issued, $0.4m was transferred to the share buy-back reserve.  
The total reduction in paid up capital was $2.5m.

Recognition and measurement
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares and share options are recognised 
as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

0
0
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
27. RESERVES

Consolidated 

Cash flow  
hedge 
reserve 
$’000

Fair value 
reserve 
$’000

Share based 
payment 
reserve 
$’000

Share 
buy-back 
reserve 
$’000

Transactions 
with non-
controlling 
interests 
$’000

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
$’000

Total 
$’000

2018

Balance at the beginning of the year

Revaluation - net

Revaluation - deferred tax

Share based payments vested

Share based payments expense

Transfer to contributed equity

Currency translation differences 

228,912

(319,674)

95,902

-

-

-

-

(1,042)

6,050

(6)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3,052)

2,774

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(408)

-

Balance at the end of the year

5,140

(1,048)

5,772

(408)

(14,404)

(14,404)

1,361

220,877

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,310

2,671

Consolidated 

2017

Balance at the beginning of the year

Revaluation - net

Revaluation - deferred tax

Share based payments vested

Share based payments expense

Currency translation differences

Reclassification to profit or loss on  
disposal of discontinued operations

Cash flow  
hedge 
reserve 
$’000

Fair value 
reserve  
$’000

Share based 
payment 
reserve 
$’000

Share 
buy-back 
reserve 
$’000

Transactions 
with non-
controlling 
interests 
$’000

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
$’000

112,338

166,534

(49,960)

-

-

-

-

(900)

(142)

-

-

-

-

-

3,676

-

-

(1,153)

3,527

-

-

(14,404)

2,703

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1,137)

(205)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Balance at the end of the year

228,912

(1,042)

6,050

(14,404)

1,361

220,877

(319,680)

95,902

(3,052)

2,774

(408)

1,310

(2,277)

Total 
$’000

103,413

166,392

(49,960)

(1,153)

3,527

(1,137)

(205)

Cash flow hedge reserve
The cash flow hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments 
related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

Fair value reserve
Changes in the fair value and exchange differences arising on translation of investments, such as equities classified as fair value through other 
comprehensive income, are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate reserve within equity.

Share based payment reserve
The share based payments reserve is used to recognise:

• 

• 

the grant date fair value of options issued to employees but not exercised;

the grant date fair value of shares issued to employees; and

the issue of shares held by the EST and LTIOT employee share trusts to employees.

• 
Share buy-back reserve
The share buy-back reserve is used to record the difference in the average share price for the shares bought back compared to the share capital 
issued prior to the buy-back.

Transactions with non-controlling interests
This reserve is used to record the differences described in note 38 which may arise as a result of transactions with non-controlling interests that 
do not result in a loss of control.

Foreign currency translation
Exchange differences arising on translation of the foreign controlled entity are recognised in other comprehensive income as described in note 
38(a) and accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss when the net investment is 
disposed of.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

1
0
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 4: GROUP STRUCTURE

28. PARENT ENTITY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts

Statement of financial position

Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity

Contributed equity

Treasury shares

Fair value reserve

Share based payment reserve 

Share buy-back reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

(Loss) / profit for the year

Other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive (loss) / income 

2018 
$’000

245,901

398,750

18,690

34,102

364,648

350,745

(10,314)

(1,048)

5,772

(408)

19,901

364,648

(49,753)

(6)

(49,759)

2017 
$’000

319,351

474,843

30,093

47,228

427,615

346,621

(11,609)

(1,042)

6,050

-

87,595

427,615

80,674

(142)

80,532

Guarantees entered into by the parent entity
The parent entity has issued non-cash backed guarantees to certain third parties to support the operations of the Australia and US electricity 
sales businesses.

Contingent liabilities of the parent entity
At 30 June 2018, the parent entity has drawn on $180m of non-cash backed financial guarantees under the Liberty International Underwriters 
Singapore Surety guarantee facility. The guarantee is drawn to support Australian energy market operational obligations as detailed in note 34(b).

Contractual commitments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment
There are no contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment at 30 June 2018. 

Parent entity financial information
The financial information for the parent entity, ERM Power Limited has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial 
statements, except as set out below:

(a)   Investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements

 Investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint venture entities are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of the Company. 
Dividends received from associates are recognised in the parent entity’s profit or loss, rather than being deducted from the carrying 
amount of these investments.

(b)  Financial Guarantees

 Where the parent entity provides financial guarantees in relation to loans and payables of subsidiaries for no compensation, the fair values 
of these guarantees are accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the cost of the investments. 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

2
0
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28. PARENT ENTITY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

(c)  Share-based payments

 The grant by the Company of options over its equity instruments to the employees of subsidiary undertakings in the Group is treated as 
a capital contribution to that subsidiary undertaking. The fair value of employee services received, measured by reference to the grant 
date fair value, is recognised over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary undertakings, with a corresponding credit 
to equity.

(d)  Tax consolidation legislation

 The Company and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation.

 The head entity ERM Power Limited, and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated group, account for their own current and 
deferred tax amounts. These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax consolidated group continues to be a standalone 
taxpayer in its own right. In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, the Company also recognises the current tax liabilities 
(or assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from controlled entities in the tax 
consolidated group.

 Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax consolidated entities are recognised as amounts receivable from or 
payable to other entities in the Group. Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under the tax 
funding agreement are recognised as a contribution to (or distribution from) wholly-owned tax consolidated entities.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3
0
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 4: GROUP STRUCTURE

29. INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES
(a)  Subsidiary companies

 The Consolidated Entity consists of a number of wholly or majority owned subsidiaries as set out below. The consolidated financial 
statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of the Company as at 30 June 2018 as set out below and the results for 
the year then ended.

Place of
incorporation

Percentage of equity 
interest held by  
the Company

Percentage of equity 
interest held by  
the non-controlling 
interests

2018 
%

2017 
%

2018 
%

2017 
%

Material operating subsidiaries

ERM Financial Services Pty Ltd

ERM Gas Pty Ltd

ERM Holdings Pty Ltd

ERM Land Holdings Pty Ltd

ERM Neerabup Power Pty Ltd

ERM Neerabup Pty Ltd

ERM Power Developments Pty Ltd

ERM Power Generation Pty Ltd

ERM Power International Pty Ltd

ERM Power Investments Pty Ltd

ERM Power Retail Pty Ltd

ERM Power Trading LLC(i)

Greensense Pty Ltd

Lumaled Pty Ltd

Oakey Power Holdings Pty Ltd

Powermetric Metering Pty Ltd 

ERM Innovation Labs Pty Ltd(ii)

Source Operations Group LLC

Source Power & Gas LLC

SPG Energy Group LLC

Other non-material subsidiaries

Braemar 3 Holdings Pty Ltd

ERM Braemar 3 Pty Ltd

ERM Braemar 3 Power Pty Ltd

ERM Business Energy LLC

ERM Gas WA01 Pty Ltd

ERM Oakey Power Holdings Pty Ltd 

E.R.M. Oakey Power Pty Ltd

ERM Power Services Pty Ltd

ERM Power Utility Systems Pty Ltd

ERM Wellington 1 Holdings Pty Ltd

Queensland Electricity Investors Pty Ltd

Richmond Valley Solar Thermal Pty Ltd

(i) 

Formed 21 September 2016.

(ii)  Company name changed on 24 July 2018, formally SAGE Utility Systems Pty Ltd.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4
0
1

QLD

QLD

QLD

QLD

VIC

VIC

VIC

VIC

QLD

QLD

VIC

USA

WA

NSW

ACT

NSW

VIC

USA

USA

USA

QLD

QLD

QLD

USA

VIC

NSW

QLD

VIC

QLD

QLD

QLD

QLD

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29. INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES (CONTINUED)
Recognition and measurement
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date of acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control, and continue to be 
consolidated until the date that such control ceases. Control of an entity exists when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns 
from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. The 
existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Group 
controls another entity.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group that were not previously under 
common control.

On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-
controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets. Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of 
subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated income statement, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity 
and statement of financial position respectively.

Intercompany balances, transactions and unrealised gains resulting from intra-group transactions with subsidiaries have been eliminated in full. 
Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred.

Changes in ownership interests

The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions with equity owners of the 
Group. A change in ownership interest results in an adjustment between the carrying amounts of the controlling and non-controlling interests 
to reflect their relative interests in the subsidiary. Any difference between the amount of the adjustment to non-controlling interests and any 
consideration paid or received is recognised in a separate reserve within equity attributable to owners of the Company.

When the Group ceases to have control, joint control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value 
with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently 
accounting for the retained interest as an associate, jointly controlled entity or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in 
other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. 
This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.

Employee share trusts

The Group has formed trusts to administer the Group’s employee share schemes. The trusts are consolidated, as the substance of the 
relationship is that the trusts are controlled by the Group. Shares held by the trusts are disclosed as treasury shares and deducted from 
contributed equity.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5
0
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 4: GROUP STRUCTURE

29. INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES (CONTINUED) 
(b)   Significant joint operations – power station projects

 As at 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2017, the Group has the following interest in power station projects with other external parties. The 
Group has classified its investments in the NewGen Neerabup Partnership as a joint operation. The partners of the Partnership are jointly 
and severally liable for the liabilities of the partnership and under the partnership agreement are entitled to a proportionate share of 
Partnership’s assets. 

Neerabup Power Station:

NewGen Power Neerabup Pty Ltd

NewGen Neerabup Pty Ltd

NewGen Neerabup Partnership

Principle 
place  
of business

Interest Held

2018 
%

2017 
%

QLD

QLD

WA

50

50

50

50

50

50

The consolidated entity’s proportionate share of assets employed and liabilities incurred in power station projects classified as joint operations 
is summarised below. 

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

12,582

4,185

52

447

17,266

11,985

4,547

64

528

17,124

165,745

170,241

51

165,796

183,062

1,006

8,904

46

9,956

124,536

29,481

154,017

163,973

19,089

57

170,298

187,422

1,117

8,264

52

9,433

130,190

33,812

164,002

173,435

13,987

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables at amortised cost

Inventories

Other assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings – limited recourse 

Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings – limited recourse

Derivative financial instruments

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6
0
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29. INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES (CONTINUED) 
Capital expenditure commitments

Estimated capital expenditure contracted for at balance date, not provided for but payable:

– not later than one year

– later than one year and not later than five years

– later than five years

Recognition and measurement

Joint arrangements

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

9

-

-

9

14

-

-

14

Under AASB 11, investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures. The classification depends on the 
contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than the legal structure of the joint arrangement. The Group has joint operations but 
no material joint ventures.

Joint operations

The Group recognises its direct right to the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of joint operations and its share of any jointly held or 
incurred assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These have been incorporated in the financial statements under the appropriate headings. 

(c)  Joint ventures

 In June 2016, the Group made a 33% investment in Energy Locals Pty Ltd for $1.5m, a company which provides a platform for members of 
communities to supply and charge each other energy. In May 2017, the Group acquired preference shares in Energy Locals for $1m. In May 
2018 these shares were converted into ordinary shares and Energy Locals issued additional share capital to a third party investor, bringing 
the Group’s cash investment in the joint venture to 32.63% for $2.5m.

(d)  Interests in associate

Name of entity

Place of 
business/
country of 
incorporation

Principle Activity

1st Energy Pty Ltd

Australia

Electricity sales to business and residential customers  
in New South Wales

Measurement 
method

Equity method

% of ownership 
interest

2018

30

2017

30

During the 2017 financial year, the Group made a 30% investment in 1st Energy Pty Ltd (1st Energy) for $4.5m. The Group has representation on 
its board of directors and a consequent ability to participate in the financial and operating decisions. In the opinion of the directors, ERM Power 
has significant influence and 1st Energy is an associate of the Group.

Recognition and measurement
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 
20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in associates are accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method 
of accounting.

The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in the income statement, and its share of post-acquisition 
movements in reserves is recognised in reserves. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the 
investment. Dividends receivable from associates are recognised in the consolidated financial statements by reducing the carrying amount of the 
investment.

When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the 
Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the investment.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associates. 
Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of 
associates have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Key judgments and estimates
ERM Power has determined that it has significant influence, but not control or joint control, to govern the financial and operating policies 
of 1st Energy and accordingly the investment is accounted for as an associate. 

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7
0
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 4: GROUP STRUCTURE

30. BUSINESS COMBINATION 
During the year ended 30 June 2018 the Group did not acquire any businesses. 

Recognition and measurement
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets 
are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities 
incurred and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting 
from a contingent consideration arrangement and the fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary. Acquisition-related costs 
are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with  
limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises 
any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net 
identifiable assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value  
of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as 
goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all 
amounts has been reviewed, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a discount on acquisition.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at 
the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be 
obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently 
remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

8
0
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
31. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
On 23 August 2018, the Group publicly announced the decision of its Board of Directors to sell the US business Source Power & Gas. A plan 
to sell was approved and actioned in June 2018. The sale is expected to be completed during the first half of FY2019. At 30 June 2018, the US 
business was classified as a disposal group held for sale and as a discontinued operation. The results of the US business are presented below and 
include the results of the US residential business for the comparative year, which was sold during FY2017:

(a)  Financial performance and cash flow information

The financial performance and cash flow information presented reflects the operations for the year. 

Revenue

Expenses

EBITDAF

Gain on sale of customer contracts

Net fair value gain / (loss) on financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss

Note

31(b)

Depreciation and amortisation

Net finance costs

Loss before tax

Income tax (expense) / benefit 

Net loss from discontinued operations

Exchange differences on translation of discontinued operations

Other comprehensive income / (loss) from discontinued operations

Total comprehensive loss from discontinued operations

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net (decrease) / increase in cash generated by the discontinued operations

Revenue

Major product / service lines

Sale of electricity

Timing of revenue recognition

Recognised over time

2018 
$’000

529,719

2017 
$’000

419,186

(529,546)

(423,920)

173

-

9,571

(16,687)

(14,729)

(21,672)

(12,296)

(4,734)

10,851

(16,391)

(11,214)

(6,604)

(28,092)

7,762

(33,968)

(20,330)

1,310

1,310

(1,342)

(1,342)

(32,658)

(21,672)

16,310

(11,692)

(14,958)

(10,340)

529,719

529,719

529,719

529,719

21,644

(795)

(6,557)

14,292

419,186

419,186

419,186

419,186

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

9
0
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 4: GROUP STRUCTURE

31. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
(b)  Details of the sale of the US residential customer contract assets

Consideration received or receivable:

Cash

Total disposal consideration

Carrying amount of net assets sold

Gain on sale before income tax and reclassification of foreign currency translation reserve

Reclassification of foreign currency translation reserve

Income tax expense on gain

Gain on sale after income tax

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

15,806

15,806

(4,955)

10,851

(205)

(5,532)

5,114

(c)  Assets and liabilities of disposal group classified as held for sale

The following assets and liabilities were reclassified as held for sale in relation to the US discontinued operation as at 30 June 2018: 

Assets classified as held for sale

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables at amortised cost

Inventories

Other assets

Derivative financial instruments

Leased assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Total assets of disposal group held for sale

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Derivative financial instruments

Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale

Note Consolidated

2018 
$’000

12,822

74,000

14

837

5,890

990

769

64,795

3,710

163,827

94,915

1,189

39,181

15,352

150,637

18

15

16

21

20

As at 30 June 2018, the Group has classified $3.4m intangible assets as held for sale and $1.5m trade and other payables as liabilities associated 
with the Business Energy Australia operations single site SME customer contracts acquisition costs. A decision to sell these sites was finalised in 
June 2018.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

0
1
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 5: EMPLOYEE REMUNERATION

32. KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

Key management personnel compensation

Short-term employee benefits

Long-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Consolidated

2018 
$

2017 
$

6,961,679

6,760,826

39,402

221,887

65,402

223,212

1,366,422

1,327,333

8,589,390

8,376,773

Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the Remuneration Report.

33. SHARE BASED PAYMENTS 
The Company provides benefits to employees (including the CEO and Senior Executives) of the Group in the form of share-based payments, 
whereby selected employees who are invited by the Board render services in exchange for shares or options or rights over shares. 

The objective of the Long Term Incentive Scheme (LTI) is to provide incentives to focus on long term shareholder returns. These incentive 
awards have previously been granted by way of offers to participate in both the Employee Share Trust (EST) and the Long Term Incentive 
Option Trust (LTIOT).

The expense arising from these transactions is shown in note 5. 

The Group operates a number of share-based payment plans. A description of each type of share-based payment arrangement that existed 
at any time during the period is described below. The fair value of options and rights granted under equity-settled share based arrangements 
are measured at grant date and spread over the vesting period through a charge to employee benefit expense in the income statement and 
a corresponding increase in the share-based payments reserve in equity. The fair value of share based payments takes into account market 
performance conditions, but excludes the impact of any non-market vesting conditions. Non-market vesting conditions are included in the 
assumptions about the number of shares that are expected to be vested.  Upon vesting, the relevant amount in the share-based payments 
reserve is transferred to contributed equity.

STIST and EST (formerly the LTIST) 
The Company previously received approval of these employee incentive plans by shareholders at the 2016 AGM. Shares are acquired by a 
trustee who holds those shares on behalf of participants. The shares are acquired by the trustee either subscribing for new shares or purchasing 
shares on market. 

Participants hold their interest through units, where one unit represents one share. Participants apply for a loan to acquire units in the trust 
at the prevailing market value of the shares. A participant may instruct the trustee how to exercise their vote in the case of a poll at a meeting 
of the Company. Vesting conditions, if any, may be a combination of service and performance hurdles, as determined by the directors. If the 
participant’s employment ceases prior to the units vesting, the Board will determine if the participant’s units are forfeit or, for redundancy, 
death or permanent disability, or in circumstances that the Board determines appropriate, continue to be held to the end of the performance 
period at which time the proportion to vest will be re-assessed.

Early vesting may occur on a change of control of the Company, being a material change in the composition of the Board initiated as a result of 
a change of ownership of shares and the purchaser of the shares requiring (or agreeing with other shareholders to require) that change in Board 
composition, or in other circumstances that the Board determines appropriate.

Any units issued without market based vesting conditions are valued at the external market price at the time of issue and are not valued using a 
Monte Carlo simulation or other methodology. 

At 30 June 2018, 7,531,156 units remained outstanding not yet vested (2017: 7,648,455).

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

1
1
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 5: EMPLOYEE REMUNERATION

33. SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (CONTINUED)

Key judgments and estimates

Valuation of shares granted under LTI awards

The fair value of shares granted under the EST with market based vesting conditions is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation (using a 
Black-Scholes framework). The model inputs for restricted shares granted are shown in the table below.

Assessed fair value per share at grant date(i)

Number of units allocated under the plan during the financial year(ii)

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected price volatility of the Company’s shares based on historic volatility

Risk free interest rate

Expected vesting date

Dividend yield

FY2018 grants

$0.63 - $0.64

2,433,169

$1.20 - $1.29

Nil

39%

1.94% - 2.10%

FY2017 grants

$0.57 - $0.68

2,829,195

$0.84 - $1.13

Nil

38% - 39%

1.52% - 1.74%

3 years after issue

2 - 3 years after issue

5.45% - 5.83%

10.62% - 14.29%

Proportion subject to vesting on satisfaction of total security holder return (TSR) performance(ii)

100%

100%

(i)  Valued using a Monte Carlo simulation.

(ii) 

 Certain grants may have other service based conditions in lieu of a TSR component. For those grants with a TSR condition, vesting is based 100% on meeting both TSR and service 
conditions. The performance hurdle will only be satisfied where the TSR value is positive. If the TSR value is negative, the performance hurdle will not be satisfied, and the underlying 
shares in the LTIST will not vest.

LTIOT 
Options were granted during the 2011 financial year. No options have been granted subsequent to the 2011 financial year. 

Participants were issued units at the prevailing market value of the options. The assessed fair value at grant date of options granted during the 
year ended 30 June 2011 was 10.43 cents. The fair value at grant date was determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes 
into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the 
expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the option. Early vesting and the consequences of cessation  
of employment prior to vesting are identical to the LTIST as described above. Details of movements in the option plan is set out below. 

Financial 
year

2011

2011

Total

Grant Date

Expiry date

1/11/2010

1/11/2017

8/11/2010

8/11/2017

Exercise 
price

$2.75 

$2.75 

Balance at 
start  
of the year 
Number

Granted 
during the 
year 
Number

Forfeited 
during the 
year 
Number

Options 
expired 
during the 
year 
Number

Balance at 
end  
of the year 
Number

Vested and 
exercisable at  
end of the year 
Number

961,874

242,706

1,204,580

-

-

-

128,750

833,124

-

242,706

128,750

1,075,830

-

-

-

-

-

-

Other awards
The Company may offer awards outside of the standard incentive plans. Performance Rights have been granted as part of an employee retention 
strategy. The Performance Rights are subject to a vesting period and will be satisfied, at the Board’s discretion, in cash or shares, subject to 
continuous full-time employment with the Company. The vesting value will be the number of Performance Rights held, multiplied by the higher 
of either the notional issue price, or the 10 day VWAP at the vesting date. Details of the Performance Rights issues are set out below.

Financial year

2016

2015

2014

Grant Date

21/12/2015

23/9/2014

16/8/2013

Vesting date

6/1/2019

23/9/2019

16/8/2018

Number 

468,232

280,114

92,285

Notional issue price

$1.538 

$1.785 

$2.709 

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

2
1
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 6: OTHER DISCLOSURE ITEMS

34. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
(a) Capital expenditure commitments 

Estimated capital expenditure contracted for at balance date, not provided for but payable  
(including share of associates and joint ventures):

– not later than one year

– later than one year and not later than five years

– later than five years

Consolidated

2018 
$’000

199

-

-

199

2017 
$’000

7,517

138

-

7,655

(b) Contingent liabilities 
Details of contingent liabilities are set out below. The directors are of the opinion that provisions are not required in respect of these items as it 
is not probable that a future sacrifice of economic benefits will be required or the amount is not capable of reliable measurement.

Bank guarantees - Australian Energy Market Operator and other counterparties

Bank guarantees - Lease arrangements

Futures margin deposits

Security deposits

Bank guarantees - Western Power

Note

Consolidated

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

2018 
$’000

2017 
$’000

221,845

208,162

2,365

141,749

10,155

300

2,915

-

1,345

300

376,414

212,722

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

(v) 

 The Group has provided bank guarantees in favour of the Australian Energy Market Operator to support its obligations to settle 
electricity purchases from the National Electricity Market. Bank guarantees have also been provided to various counterparties in relation 
to electricity derivatives. A portion of the guarantees are supported by term deposits. $180m of the bank guarantees are supported by 
non-cash backed guarantees in 2018 (2017: $150m). 

 The Group has provided bank guarantees in relation to lease arrangements for premises in Brisbane, Sydney, Melbourne and Perth. These 
guarantees are supported by term deposits.

 Futures margin deposits represent cash lodged with the Group’s futures clearing brokers. The deposits are in relation to various futures 
contracts on the Australian Securities Exchange and Intercontinental exchange and may be retained by the clearing brokers in the event 
that the Group does not meet its contractual obligations.

 Security deposits represent interest bearing cash lodged as eligible credit support with various counterparties to the Group’s electricity 
derivative contracts and may be retained by those counterparties in the event that the Group does not meet its contractual obligations.

 The Group has provided a bank guarantee in favour of Western Power. This can be called upon if the Neerabup partnership fails to pay its 
monthly transmission invoices.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3
1
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 6: OTHER DISCLOSURE ITEMS

35. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
Transactions with Sunset Power International Pty Ltd
A subsidiary of the Company, ERM Power Retail Pty Ltd (“ERM”), has entered into a long term electricity swap contract with the Vales Point 
power station in New South Wales to hedge electricity purchases in relation to its eastern state electricity load from the NEM. The power 
station is 100% owned by Sunset Power International Pty Ltd (“SPI”) which in turn is owned and controlled by Trevor St Baker.

The swap contract was entered into on 20 November 2015 and finalised in February 2016. The contract terms and conditions are no more 
favourable to SPI than those that it is reasonable to expect ERM would have adopted if dealing at arms-length with an unrelated person and  
are not adverse to ERM. The components of the contract are as follows:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Firm flat swap sold to ERM priced at market prices (based on market observed ASX Energy contract prices)

Firm peak swap sold to ERM priced at market prices (based on market observed ASX Energy contract prices)

Call option for ERM to purchase additional off-peak swaps

Call option for ERM to purchase additional peak swaps 

Reallocation and capital efficiency payments over the term of the contract 

ERM have access to the respective hedge volumes under the agreement out to 31 December 2022. The total premiums payable for the option 
over the period 1 July 2018 to 31 December 2022 is $4.3m.

All accounts payable are within payment terms of the agreement and no impairment loss has been recognised during the period in relation to 
the transaction. The agreement expires on 31 December 2022 and under the agreement ERM is expected to hedge approximately 21% of ERM’s 
electricity load sales over the term of the agreement prior to exercise of any of the available options. 

As at 30 June 2018 net assets of $54.7m have been recognised in relation to the above transaction comprising the following:

• 

• 

• 

MTM of electricity swaps of $19.1m of which $31.5m is current(i) and ($12.4m) is non-current

MTM of electricity options of $23.2m of which $12.5m is current(i)

Accrued income of $12.4m

During the year ended 30 June 2018 total net receipts of $120.0m were recognised in profit and loss in respect of the swap agreement. 

Under the terms of the swap agreement SPI has posted a bank guarantee in favour of ERM for $8.5m. The guarantee is accessible under a range 
of financial risk events.

(i)  Refer Note 23 for details of fair value measurement.

Other related party transactions
In the normal course of business the Company enters into the following transactions with related parties:

• 

• 

• 

Project management and operations management fees are charged to jointly controlled entities;

Interest is paid on shareholder loans; and

 Directors personal travel insurance is provided under standard terms of a directors and officers business travel insurance policy taken out 
by the Company. Cover under this policy for directors personal travel is provided by the insurer at no additional cost to the Company. 

There is no allowance account for impaired receivables in relation to any outstanding balances, and no expense has been recognised in respect 
of impaired receivables due from related parties.

Transactions with jointly operated and joint venture entities:

Movements in net loans advanced / (repaid)

Current trade receivables balance

Project fees and operations management fees

Electricity derivatives settled (loss) / profit 

Transactions with associates:

Accrued income balance

Electricity derivatives settled profit

Refer note 29(b) for details of significant jointly controlled entities and note 29(d) for details of associates.

Consolidated

2018 
$

332

94,311

2017 
$

(382)

93,618

2,659,737

2,562,785

(169,177)

708

192,875

300,669

3,316,928

1,479,873

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4
1
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
36. AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

Amounts received or due and receivable by PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia for:

An audit or review of the financial report of the entity and any other entity in the Group

Amounts received or due and receivable by PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia for non-audit services:

Other procedures in relation to the entity and any other entity in the consolidated Group

Total remuneration of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia

Consolidated

2018 
$

2017 
$

500,000

500,000

555,000

555,000

-

-

93,328

93,328

500,000

648,328

Amounts received or due and receivable by network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia for:

An audit or review of the financial report of the entity and any other entity in the Group

Total remuneration of network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia

148,830

148,830

143,006

143,006

37. EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
Since 30 June 2018 there have been no other matters or circumstances not otherwise dealt with in the Financial Report that have significantly 
or may significantly affect the Group.

38. BASIS OF PREPARATION
These financial statements cover ERM Power Limited the consolidated entity (“Group” or “Consolidated Entity”) consisting of ERM Power 
Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries. The report is presented in Australian dollars.

The Company is incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Its registered office and place of business is Level 52, 111 Eagle Street, Brisbane, 
Queensland 4000.

A description of the nature of the Group’s operations and of its principal activities is included in the review of operations and activities in the 
Directors’ Report on pages 40 to 42.

This report was authorised for issue by the directors on 23 August 2018.

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial report are set out below. These policies have been consistently 
applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. The Company is a for-profit entity for the purpose of preparing the financial 
statements.

This general purpose financial report has been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, other authoritative 
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board and the Corporations Act 2001.

Compliance with IFRS

The consolidated financial statements of the Group comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Historical cost convention

These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and 
liabilities (including derivative financial instruments) at fair value through profit and loss and other comprehensive income.

Early adoption of Australian Accounting Standards

The Group has not elected to apply any pronouncements before their operative date in the annual reporting period beginning 1 July 2017.

Changes in accounting policies

The Group has not had to change its accounting policies as the result of new or revised accounting standards which became effective for the 
annual reporting period commencing on 1 July 2017.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5
1
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
SECTION 6: OTHER DISCLOSURE ITEMS

38. BASIS OF PREPARATION (CONTINUED)
(a) Foreign currency translation

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s 
entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian 
dollars, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional 
currency at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction.  
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of 
such transactions, and from the translation at year end exchange rates 
of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, 
are recognised in the income statement, except when deferred in 
equity as qualifying cash flow hedges.

Group companies

The results and financial position of foreign operations (none of 
which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have 
a functional currency different from the presentation currency are 
translated into the presentation currency as follows:

• 

• 

• 

 assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are 
translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet,

 income and expenses for each income statement and statement  
of comprehensive income are translated at average exchange  
rates (unless this is not a reasonable approximation of the 
cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction 
dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the 
dates of the transactions), and

 all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other 
comprehensive income.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation 
of any net investment in foreign entities, and of borrowings and other 
financial instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are 
recognised in other comprehensive income. When a foreign operation 
is sold or any borrowings forming part of the net investment are  
repaid, the associated exchange differences are reclassified to profit  
or loss, as part of the gain or loss on sale.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a 
foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign 
operation and translated at the closing rate.

(b) Goods and services tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of 
associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not recoverable from the 
taxation authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of 
acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST 
receivable or payable. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or 
payable to, the taxation authority is included with other receivables  
or payables at the balance date.

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST components 
of cash flows arising from investing or financing activities which are 
recoverable from, or payable to the taxation authority, are presented 
as operating cash flows.

(c) Rounding of amounts
The Group is of a kind referred to in legislative instrument 2016/191, 
issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, 
relating to the ‘’rounding off’’ of amounts in the financial statements. 
Amounts in the financial statements have been rounded off in 
accordance with that class order to the nearest thousand dollars, or  
in certain cases, the nearest dollar.

(d) New accounting standards and interpretations
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been 
published that are not mandatory for 30 June 2018 reporting periods. 
Unless stated otherwise below, the Group is currently in the process of 
assessing the impact of these standards and amendments and is yet to 
decide whether to early adopt any of the new and amended standards.

AASB 2014-10 Sale or contribution of assets between an investor 
and its associate or joint venture (effective from  
1 January 2018).

The amendments clarify the accounting treatment for sales or 
contribution of assets between an investor and its associates or joint 
ventures. They confirm that the accounting depends on whether the 
contributed assets constitute a business or an asset.

AASB 2016-5 Classification and Measurement of Share-based 
Payment Transactions (effective from 1 January 2018).

Amendments were made to AASB 2 Share-based Payment which 
clarify how to account for cash-settled share-based payments with 
performance conditions, modifications that change a cash-settled 
arrangement to an equity-settled arrangement, and equity-settled 
awards that include a ‘net settlement’ feature which requires employers 
to withhold amounts to settle the employee’s tax obligations.

Interpretation 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and  
Advance Consideration (effective from 1 January 2018).

The interpretation clarifies how to apply the standard on foreign 
currency transactions, AASB 121, when an entity pays or receives 
consideration in advance for foreign currency-denominated contracts.

AASB Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 
(effective from 1 January 2019).

The Interpretation clarifies how to apply the recognition and 
measurement requirements in AASB 112 when there is uncertainty  
over income tax treatments.

AASB 2018-1 Annual Improvements 2015–2017 Cycle (effective from 
1 January 2019).

This standard makes amendments to AASB 3 Business Combinations, 
AASB 11 Joint Arrangements, AASB 112 Income Taxes and AASB 123 
Borrowing Costs.

AASB 2018 -2 Amendments to AASB 19 – plan amendment, 
curtailment or settlement (effective from 1 January 2019).

The AASB has issued amendments to the guidance in AASB 
119 Employee Benefits in connection with accounting for plan 
amendments, curtailments and settlements.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that are 
expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or 
future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6
1
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Director’s Declaration

In the opinion of the directors of ERM Power Limited (“Company”):

(a)   the financial statements and notes set out on pages 57 to 116 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

i. 

 giving a true and fair view of the financial position of the consolidated entity as at 30 June 2018 and of its performance for the year  
then ended, and

ii.   complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations), the Corporations Regulations 

2001 and other mandatory professional reporting requirements.

(b) the financial report complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in note 38;

(c) there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable;

Note 38 confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board.

The directors have been given the declarations by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer required by section 295A of the 
Corporations Act 2001. 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors:

Tony Bellas 
Chairman

23 August 2018

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7
1
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

8
1
1

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757480 Queen Street, BRISBANE  QLD  4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE  QLD  4001T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.auLiability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.Independent auditor’s reportTo the members of ERM Power LimitedReport on the audit of the financial reportOur opinionIn our opinion:The accompanying financial report of ERM Power Limited (the Company) and its controlled entities (together the Group) is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:(a)giving a true and fair view of the Group's financial position as at 30 June 2018 and of its financial performance for the year then ended (b)complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.What we have auditedThe Group financial report comprises:•the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2018•the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended•the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended•the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended•the consolidated income statement for the year then ended•the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting policies•the directors’ declaration.Basis for opinionWe conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial reportsection of our report.We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.IndependenceWe are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants(the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code. 
 
 
 
 
 
t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

9
1
1

Our audit approachAn audit is designed to provide reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is free from material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial report.We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on thefinancial report as a whole, taking into account the geographic and management structure of the Group, its accounting processes and controls and the industry in which it operates.The Group operates across Australia and the United States of America, with its head office finance function based in Brisbane and its US finance function for the Source Power and Gas business based in Houston, United States of America.Materiality•For the purpose of our audit we used overall Group materiality of $2.4million which represents approximately 2.5% of the Group's earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and net fair value gains / losses on financial instruments designated at fair value through profit (EBITDAF).•We applied this threshold, together with qualitative considerations, to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements on the financial report as a whole.•We chose Group EBITDAF as the benchmark because, in our view, it is the metric against which the performance of the Group is most commonly measured.•We utlised a 2.5% threshold based on our professional judgement.Audit Scope•Our audit focused on where the Groupmade subjective judgements; for example, significant accounting estimates involving assumptions and inherently uncertain future events.•In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of audit work that needed to be performed.Full scope audit procedures were performed over the Australian operations and the Source Power and Gas business, assisted by local component auditors in Houston.•To be satisfied that sufficient audit evidence has been obtained on the Source Power and Gas business for our opinion on the Group financial report as a whole, the group audit engagement team had active dialogue throughout the year with the local component auditors in Houston, including issuing written instructions, receiving formal interoffice reporting, as well as attending final audit clearance meetings with local management in Houston. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

0
2
1

Key audit mattersKey audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial report for the current period. The key audit matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Further, any commentary on the outcomes of a particular audit procedure is made in that context. We communicated the key audit matters to the Audit and Risk Committee.Key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matterEnergy derivatives accounting treatment, valuation and disclosure(Refer to note 13Derivative financial instruments) The Group enters into various types of forward energyderivative instruments to manage exposure tofluctuations in electricity prices.As at 30 June 2018, in the financial report, the energyderivative financial assets totalled$99m, energyderivative financial liabilities totalled$84m and net fairvalue losson energy derivatives impactingprofit totalled$109m.Given the level of judgement associated with theaccounting treatment and valuation of theenergy derivatives, and the financial significance of the derivativesbalances, we considered this to be a key audit matter.Some of the key areas of judgement by the Group included:•The designation, and resulting accountingtreatment, of instruments as being hedge accountedor not hedge accounted.•The classification of fair value gains or losses priorto settlement depending on whether the instrumentis hedge accounted or not hedge accounted.•The accounting treatment if instruments are settledat a date earlier than the original maturity date, asthere is a difference in timing of the recognition ofgains or losses in cost of sales dependent onwhether the instrument is hedge accounted or nothedgeaccounted.•The judgement applied in selecting the appropriatevaluation techniques, and associated inputassumptions, for each type of energy derivativefinancial instrument entered into by the Group.Our procedures in relation to energy derivatives’accounting treatment, valuation and disclosure included,amongst others:•Obtained an understanding of the Group’s internalrisk management procedures and the systems andcontrols around the origination and maintenance ofcomplete and accurate information relating toderivative contracts.•Where appropriate,performed tests of key controlsrelating to the settlement of derivative contracts.•Tested a sample of derivative contracts at the year-enddate by obtaining third party confirmations of thecontract terms.•With the assistance of PwC valuation expertswe assessedthe valuation of a sample of derivativecontracts at the year-end date where the Group usedvaluation models.We evaluated the valuationmethodology applied and theincorporation of the contractterms and key assumptions intothe valuationmodels, including market observable future priceassumptions and discount rates.•Independently recalculated the valuation of a sampleof less complex instruments based on availablemarket data.•Evaluated the Group’s assessment of credit riskassumptions applied in the valuation models asrequired by the Australian Accounting Standards.•Assessed the Group’s hedge designationdocumentation and effectiveness testing for a sampleof derivatives. 
 
 
 
 
 
t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

1
2
1

Key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matterFor further details of the accounting policy adopted bythe Group and the financial impact, refer to note 13, note14, note 22and note 23in the financial report.•Evaluated the Group’s assessment of the accountingtreatment and classification of settled derivativeagreements with a settlement date at a date earlierthan the original settlement date.•Evaluated the adequacy of the disclosures made in the notesto the financial report, with reference to the requirements of the Australian Accounting Standards. Sunset Power International derivative agreement(Refer to note 35Related party disclosuresand note 13Derivative financial instruments)The Group hasa significant long term electricityderivative contract(contract)with Vales Point power station, in New South Wales,to hedge electricity purchases in relation to its eastern state electricity loadfrom the National Energy Market. The power station is100% owned by Sunset Power International Pty Ltd, whichisowned andcontrolled by a related party of ERM.The related party disclosures in note 35of the financial reportsets out the keyterms of the contractual arrangement.Judgement is required by the Group in estimating the fairvalue of the derivative contract, dueto the life of thecontract extending beyond a period that available marketdata can be obtained. The fair value of the derivative contract is therefore estimated through the application of specific valuation techniques and assumptions.  On inception ofthe contract, a difference was identifiedbetween the premiums paid for the contract and theestimated fair value of the contract. Refer to note 23fortreatment of the difference (the day one gain).We considered this a key audit matter, given the importance of the contract to the financialposition and performance of the Group, the level ofjudgement required in the valuationof the contract, and related party naturethereof.We performed the following procedures, amongstothers:•With the assistance of PwC valuation experts, we assessed the valuation of the derivative contract attheyear-end date.We evaluated the valuationmethodologyapplied and the incorporation of the contractterms and the key assumptions into the valuationmodel, including future priceassumptions anddiscount rates.•Tested the termsof the derivative contractat the year-end date by obtaining writtenconfirmations of the contract terms.•Assessed whether the accounting treatment of the day one gain is consistent with that established at inception.•Evaluated the Group’s assessment of credit riskassumptions applied in the valuation model asrequired by the Australian Accounting Standards.•Assessed the consistency of the related partydisclosures with Australian Accounting Standardsby agreeing the disclosures to contractual terms, thederivative valuation model and relateddocumentation. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

2
2
1

Key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matterClassification and valuation of the Source Power and Gas held for sale asset(Refer to note 31Discontinued operation) In June 2018, the directors of the Companydecided to divest theSource Power and Gas operations,in the US. As at 30 June 2018, the operations to be divested are classifiedin the financial reportas held for sale and discontinued operations,asthe Group considerit is highly probable thatthe carrying value will be recovered principally through a sales transactionwithin 12 months from the classification.As required by the Australian Accounting Standards,the assets held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying value and estimated fair value less costs to sell. We considered this a key audit mattergiventhe significant level of judgementand estimates involved in assessing the classification and measurementof assetsand liabilitiesin the held for salediscontinued operation,as well as the materiality of theassetand liabilities on the Groupsfinancial position.Our procedures in relation to the valuation and classificationof the Source Power and Gas held forsalediscontinued operationassets and liabilities included,amongst others:•Assessed the appropriateness of the Group’s classification of Source Power and Gas as held for sale and discontinued operations.•Assessed the accuracy of the allocationof assets and liabilities separately classified as held for sale in the statement of financial position.•Evaluated the measurementof the assets and liabilities classified as held for sale at the lower of carrying value and fair value less cost to sell.•Evaluated the Group’s key assumptions and estimates in relation to the calculation of the fair value less costs of disposalby comparing to indicative bidsand contracts.•Evaluated the adequacy of the disclosures made in note31to the financialreport in light of the requirements ofAustralian Accounting Standards.Recoverability of deferred tax asset relating to tax losses(Refer to note 31Discontinued operationand note21 Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities) At 30 June 2018 the Group has recorded a deferred tax asset of $3.7m relating to tax losses incurred in relation to Source Power and Gas. The recoverability of this deferred tax asset is dependent on the generation of sufficient future taxable income that is expected to be generated uponthe sale of Source Power and Gas.The Group has derecognised $10.3m of deferred tax assets relating to tax losses and other deferred tax assets as they areno longerexpected to be recovered.Recoverability of the deferred tax asset relating to tax losses was a key audit matter due to the material nature of the balanceand theimpact of the derecognitionon the financial resultsas well as the judgementsrequired inestimating thetaxable incomeon the sale of Source Power and Gas.We performed the following audit procedures, amongst others:•Evaluated the Group’s key assumptions and estimates used in the calculation of the estimated taxable incomeon the sale of Source Power and Gas operations.•Assessed the mathematical accuracy of the amount of the deferred tax asset derecognised.•Evaluated the adequacy ofthe deferred tax balance disclosures, made in note 21of the financial report, in view of the requirements of Australian Accounting Standards.  
 
 
 
 
 
t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

3
2
1

Other informationThe directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Group’s annual report for the year ended 30 June 2018, including the  Operating and Financial Review, Corporate Social Responsibility, Board of Directors, the Directors’ Report and Corporate Information, but does not include the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon.Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with our audit ofthe financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. Responsibilities of the directors for the financial reportThe directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial reportOur objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial report. A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial report is located at the Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at: http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf. This description forms part of our auditor's report.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

4
2
1

Report on the remuneration reportOur opinion on the remuneration reportWe have audited the remuneration report included inpages43to54of the directors’reportfortheyear ended 30June2018.In our opinion, the remuneration report of ERM Power Limited for the year ended 30 June 2018 complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.ResponsibilitiesThe directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the remuneration report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Matters relating to the electronic presentation of the audited financial reportThis auditor’s report relates to the financial report of ERM Power Limited for the year ended 30 June 2018 included on ERM Power Limited's web site.The directors of the Company are responsible for the integrity of ERM Power Limited's web site.We have not been engaged to report on the integrity of this web site.  The auditor’s report refers only to the financial report named above.  It does not provide an opinion on any other information which may have been hyperlinked to/from the financial report. If users of this report are concerned with the inherent risks arising from electronic data communications they are advised to refer to the hard copy of the audited financial report to confirm the information included in the audited financial report presented on this web site.PricewaterhouseCoopersMichael ShewanBrisbanePartner23August 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
Share and shareholder information

SHARE AND SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Twenty largest shareholders
The following table sets out the 20 largest shareholders of ERM Power Limited (Company), when multiple holdings are grouped together, and 
the percentage each holds of the 255,421,056 shares on issue as at 22 August 2018. 

Shareholders

Number of 
Shares

Percentage of 
issued shares

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

Smartequity EIS Pty Ltd

CS Third Nominees Pty Limited

Trevor and Judith St Baker Family Philanthropic Pty Ltd

Sunset Power Pty ltd

St Baker-Childs Investments Pty Ltd

Sandhurst Trustees Ltd

National Nominees Limited

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd

St Baker Sunset Holdings Pty Ltd

Sunset Power A Pty Ltd

Sunset Power B Pty Ltd

Sunset Power C Pty Ltd

Sunset Power D Pty Ltd

Philip St Baker and Peta St Baker

20 William Mitchell Anderson

Total

Distribution of shares
The following table summarises the distribution of shares as at 22 August 2018:

Shareholdings

1 – 1,000

1,001 – 5,000

5,001 - 10,000

10,000 – 100,000 

100,001 – and over

Total

43,549,489

35,324,382

16,380,196

15,505,639

14,826,684

12,445,148

10,044,848

6,525,242

6,435,892

4,054,228

3,886,092

3,583,381

3,315,768

2,622,185

2,538,749

2,538,749

2,538,749

2,538,749

1,743,368

1,226,331

17.05

13.83

6.41

6.07

5.80

4.87

3.93

2.55

2.52

1.59

1.52

1.40

1.30

1.03

0.99

0.99

0.99

0.99

0.68

0.48

191,623,869

74.99

Number of 
Shareholders

% of issued 
shares

1,095

2,145

1,027

1,187

101

5,555

0.22

2.47

3.16

11.89

82.26

100.00

The number of investors holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of 371 shares (based on a market price of $1.350 as at 22 August 2018) was 
388, holding 37,949 shares.

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

5
2
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share and shareholder information

Substantial shareholders
The following table shows holdings of five per cent or more of voting rights over Ordinary Shares as notified to the Company under the 
Corporations Act 2001, Section 671B.

Identity of person or group

Date notice 
received

Relevant 
interest in  
number of 
securities

Percentage of 
total voting 
rights

Trevor Charles St Baker and St Baker Energy Holdings Pty Ltd

04/07/2016

63,516,907

25.84%

Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.

Morgan Stanley and its subsidiaries

Perpetual Limited and its related bodies corporate

01/06/2018

15,104,294

01/06/2018

15,104,294

14/12/2017

14,460,353

5.89%

5.89%

5.62%

Voting rights
At a meeting of members, each member who is entitled to attend and vote may attend and vote in person or by proxy, attorney or representative. 
On a show of hands, every person present who is a member, proxy, attorney or representative shall have one vote and on a poll, every member 
who is present in person or by proxy, attorney or representative shall have one vote for each share held.

Securities Exchange listing
The Company’s shares are traded on the Australian Securities Exchange under the symbol “EPW”.

Unquoted securities 
As at 22 August 2018, there were 2,796,793 performance rights on issue under the Company’s employee incentive and retention plans, subject 
to vesting conditions which once satisfied will, at the election of the Board of ERM Power, convert into:

a) 

b) 

shares in ERM Power or an offer to apply for an interest in a trust that confers a beneficial interest in ERM Power shares; or

a cash payment. 

Security Description

Performance Rights issued 24 Sept 2014 vesting 24 Sept 2019

Performance Rights issued 11 January 2016 vesting 6 January 2019

Performance Rights issued 20 July 2018 with performance period ending 30 June 2020

Performance Rights issued 20 July 2018 with performance period ending 30 June 2021

Performance Rights issued 20 July 2018 with performance period ending 30 June 2022

Total

Quantity 

Number of 
Holders

280,114

468,232

169,439

1,723,167

155,841

2,796,793

2

2

12

17

2

35

R
E
W
O
P
M
R
E

6
2
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate information

ERM Power Limited
ABN 22 122 259 223

Directors
Tony Bellas (Non-Executive Chair) 
Albert Goller 
Georganne Hodges 
Tony Iannello 
Philip St Baker 
Wayne St Baker 
Jon Stretch (Managing Director and CEO)

Company Secretaries
Phil Davis 
Suzanne Irwin

Head Office
(Registered Office and Principal Place of Business)

Level 52, One One One 
111 Eagle Street 
Brisbane QLD 4000

GPO Box 7152 
Brisbane QLD 4001

Telephone: (07) 3020 5100 
Facsimile: (07) 3220 6110

Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers

Share Registry
Link Market Services Limited 
Level 12, 680 George Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

Telephone: 1300 554 474 
Facsimile: (02) 9287 0303

Internet Address
www.ermpower.com.au

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
8
1
0
2

7
2
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E

R

M

P

O

W

E

R

2

0

1

8

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

www.ermpower.com.au